Martin Screw Conveyor and Elevator

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.
COM
Index
SECTION H
PRODUCT
PAGE
INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................................................... H-2

ENGINEERING SECTION I ...................................................................................................................................... H-3
Screw Conveyor Design Procedure ............................................................................................................. H-3
Material Classification Code Chart............................................................................................................... H-4
Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed...................................................................................................... H-15
Capacity Factor Tables............................................................................................................................... H-16
Capacity Table............................................................................................................................................ H-17
Lump Size Limitations and Table ............................................................................................................... H-18
Component Groups.................................................................................................................................... H-19
Component Group Selection...................................................................................................................... H-20
Hanger Bearing Selection .......................................................................................................................... H-21
Horsepower Calculation ............................................................................................................................. H-22
Torsional Ratings of Conveyor Screw Parts ............................................................................................... H-25
Horsepower Ratings of Conveyor Components ......................................................................................... H-26
Screw Conveyor End Thrust and Expansion of Screw Conveyor .............................................................. H-27
Screw Conveyor Deflection........................................................................................................................ H-28
Inclined and Vertical Screw Conveyors ...................................................................................................... H-30
Screw Feeders ........................................................................................................................................... H-31
DESIGN AND LAYOUT SECTION II ...................................................................................................................... H-34
Classification of Enclosure Types .............................................................................................................. H-34
Hand of Conveyors .................................................................................................................................... H-34
Classification of Special Continuous Weld Finishes................................................................................... H-37
Detailing ..................................................................................................................................................... H-38
Bolt Patterns............................................................................................................................................... H-40
Bolt Tables.................................................................................................................................................. H-42
Pipe Sizes and Weights ............................................................................................................................. H-44
Screw Conveyor Drive Arrangements........................................................................................................ H-45
Sample Work Sheet ................................................................................................................................... H-46
Standards Helicoid and Buttweld Sectional Screw Conveyors .................................................................. H-47
COMPONENT SECTION III.................................................................................................................................... H-49
Component Section.................................................................................................................................... H-50
Trough........................................................................................................................................................ H-52
Tubular Housing ......................................................................................................................................... H-53
Flared Trough............................................................................................................................................. H-54
Discharges ................................................................................................................................................. H-55
Trough Ends............................................................................................................................................... H-60
Saddles and Feet/Trough End Flange ....................................................................................................... H-66
End Bearings.............................................................................................................................................. H-67
Thrust Bearings.......................................................................................................................................... H-68
Seals .......................................................................................................................................................... H-69
Conveyor Screws ....................................................................................................................................... H-71
Coupling Bolts, Internal Collars and Lugs .................................................................................................. H-79
Shafts ......................................................................................................................................................... H-80
Hangers ..................................................................................................................................................... H-84
Hanger Bearings ........................................................................................................................................ H-90
Covers........................................................................................................................................................ H-91
Cover Fasteners......................................................................................................................................... H-92
Shrouds...................................................................................................................................................... H-93
SPECIAL FEATURES SECTION IV........................................................................................................................ H-95
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-1a
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM
Index
SECTION H
PRODUCT
PAGE
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE SECTION V ................................................................................................. H-113

Installation and Erection ................................................................................................................................. H-113
Operation and Maintenance........................................................................................................................... H-114
Hazardous Operations ................................................................................................................................... H-114
Warning & Safety Reminder .................................................................................. Inside Section Divider H117
BUCKET ELEVATORS SECTION VI ......................................................................................................................... H-116
Warning & Safety Reminder ............................................................................ Inside Section Divider, H115H117
Introduction..................................................................................................................................................... H-118
Centrifugal and Continuous Discharge Elevators
Standard Features Selection ..................................................................................................................... H-119
Procedure.............................................................................................................................................. H-120
Materials Table ...................................................................................................................................... H-121
Centrifugal Discharge Elevators
Series 100 and 200 Chain ......................................................................................................................... H-122
Series 100 and 200 Belt ............................................................................................................................ H-124
Continuous Discharge Elevators
Series 700 and 800 Chain ......................................................................................................................... H-126
Series 700 and 800 Belt ............................................................................................................................ H-128
Bucket Elevators Dimensions.................................................................................................................... H-130
High Speed Centrifugal Discharge Belt Elevators
Series 500.................................................................................................................................................. H-132
Buckets and Chain ......................................................................................................................................... H-134
Bucket Punching ............................................................................................................................................ H-135
Calculations for Numbers of Buckets............................................................................................................. H-136
DRAG CONVEYORS.................................................................................................................................................. H-137
VERTICAL SCREW ELEVATORS ............................................................................................................................. H-146
H-1b
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Stock Screw Conveyor

Components
Martin
manufactures the most complete line of stock components in the industry. We stock stainless, galvanized, and many other
items that are special order with others in the industry.
Angle Flanged U Trough

Mild Steel and Galvanized
Inlets and Discharge Spouts

Shaft Seal
Split Gland
Form Flanged U Trough

Trough Ends
With and Without Feet
Discharge Gate
Flat Rack and Pinion
Shaft Seal
Compression Type
Packing Gland
Shaft Seal
Waste Pack
EXIT
PREVIOUS
Thrust Assembly
Type E
With Drive Shaft
Shaft Seal
Flanged Product
Drop-out
Shaft Seal
Plate
Helicoid Flighting
Right Hand and Left Hand
Mild Steel and Stainless Steel
Helicoid Screws
Right Hand and Left Hand
SEARCH
Tubular Housing
Screws
Hot-Dipped Galvanized
NEXT
INDEX
H-1c
Stock Screw Conveyor

Components
Tail, Coupling
and Drive Shafts
Sectional Flights
Hanger
Style 220
Mild Steel and
Galvanized
Hanger
Style 226
Mild Steel and
Galvanized
Hanger Bearings
Style 220/226
Hanger
Style 216
Hanger Bearings
Style 216
Hard Iron
UHMW
Wood
Martin Hard Iron

Martin Bronze
UHMW
Nylatron
Wood
SEARCH
EXIT
Hanger
Style 19B
Trough End Bearings

Ball and Roller
Shaft-Mounted
Speed Reducer
with Accessories
Screw Conveyor Drive

with Accessories
H-1d
Hanger
Style 70
PREVIOUS
Saddles and Feet
Flanged Cover
with Accessories
NEXT
INDEX
Made-To-Order
Conveyors
Stainless Steel Rotor

After Shot Peening. Used in the Bleaching
Process in a Pulp & Paper Mill.
Rotory Screen Separator

For Making Commercial Ice.
60 Inch Diameter Stainless Steel

Steaming Vessel Screw Used in
Handling Wood Chips.
Special Offset Stainless Steel Hanger

Used in Handling Various Chemicals.
USDA Approved Stainless Steel

Screw Conveyor for Handling
Hamburger Meat in a Food
Processing Plant.
SEARCH
Elevator Buckets
Test Facility. an Added Customer Service.

This Area is Available to Check the Conveying
Characteristics of Customers Materials.
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-1e
Special Tolerance
Requirements
Our association with research and development personnel,
plant engineers and food specialists has offered the
challenge to Martin to meet industrys new close tolerances. Here are but a few examples of manufacturing techniques that we practice.
Dynamic/static balancing of screws takes place at one of Martins manufacturing facilities.
Stainless steel screw conveyor unit for breakfast cereal plant is checked before a
shipment. The screw O.D. has been machined for close tolerance for assurance of
effective cleanout.
H-1f
SEARCH
EXIT
Inspecting total indicated runout of vertical screws.
All stainless steel surfaces of screw and trough can be polished after welding to
meet customers specific plant needs.
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Engineering
SECTION I
ENGINEERING SECTION I
Screw Conveyor Design Procedure ........................................................................................... H-3
Material Classification Code Chart............................................................................................. H-4
Material Characteristics Tables .................................................................................................. H-5
Selection of Conveyor Size and Speed.................................................................................... H-16
Capacity Factor Tables ............................................................................................................ H-16
Capacity Table ......................................................................................................................... H-17
Lump Size Limitations and Table ............................................................................................. H-18
Component Group Selection.................................................................................................... H-20
Hanger Bearing Selection ........................................................................................................ H-21
Horsepower Calculation........................................................................................................... H-22
Torsional Ratings of Conveyor Components............................................................................ H-25
Horsepower Ratings of Conveyor Components....................................................................... H-26
Screw Conveyor End Thrust .................................................................................................... H-27
Expansion of Screw Conveyor ................................................................................................. H-28
Screw Conveyor Deflection...................................................................................................... H-29
Inclined Screw Conveyors ....................................................................................................... H-30
Vertical Screw Conveyors ........................................................................................................ H-30
Screw Feeders......................................................................................................................... H-31
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-g
Introduction
Introduction
The following section is designed to present the necessary engineering information to properly
design and lay out most conveyor applications. The information has been compiled from many
years of experience in successful design and application and from industry standards.
We hope that the information presented will be helpful to you in determining the type and size of
screw conveyor that will best suit your needs.
The Screw Conveyor Design Procedure on the following page gives ten step-by-step instructions for properly designing a screw conveyor. These steps, plus the many following tables and formulas throughout the engineering section will enable you to design and detail screw conveyor for
most applications.
If your requirements present any complications not covered in this section, we invite you to contact our Engineering Department for recommendations and suggestions.
H-2
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Design
SCREW CONVEYOR DESIGN PROCEDURE
STEP 1
Establish
Known
Factors
1. Type of material to be conveyed.

2. Maximum size of hard lumps.
3. Percentage of hard lumps by volume.
4. Capacity required, in cu.ft./hr.
5. Capacity required, in lbs./hr.
6. Distance material to be conveyed.
7. Any additional factors that may affect conveyor or operations.
STEP 2
Classify
Material
Classify the material according to the system shown in Table 1-1. Or, if
the material is included in Table 1-2, use the classification shown in
Table 1-2.
STEP 3
Determine
Design
Capacity
Determine design capacity as described on pages H-15H-17.
STEP 4
Determine
Diameter
and Speed
Using known capacity required in cu.ft./hr., material classification, and %

trough loading (Table 1-2) determine diameter and speed from Table 1-6.
STEP 5
Check
Minimum Screw
Diameter for
Lump Size
Limitations
Using known screw diameter and percentage of hard lumps, check minimum
screw diameter from Table 1-7.
STEP 6
Determine
Type of
Bearings
From Table 1-2, determine hanger bearing group for the material to be
conveyed. Locate this bearing group in Table 1-11 for the type of bearing
recommended.
STEP 7
Determine
Horsepower
From Table 1-2, determine Horsepower Factor Fm for the material to be

conveyed. Refer to Page H-22 and calculate horsepower by the formula
method.
STEP 8
Check Torsional
and/or Horsepower
ratings of
Conveyor
Components
Using required horsepower from step 7 refer to page H-25 and H-26 to check
capacities of conveyor pipe, shafts and coupling bolts.
STEP 9
Select
Components
STEP 10
Conveyor
Layouts
SEARCH
Select basic components from Tables 1-8, 1-9, and 1-10 in accordance with
Component Group listed in Table 1-2 for the material to be conveyed. Select
balance of components from the Components Section of catalogue.
Refer to page H-38 for typical layout details.
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-3
Table 1-1
Material Classification Code Chart
Major
Class
Density
Actual
Lbs/PC
Bulk Density, Loose
Size
Very Fine
No. 200 Sieve (.0029) And Under

A 200
A 100
A 40
Fine
No.
B6
Granular
2 And Under (6 Sieve to 12)

3 And Under (12 to 3)
C 12
D3
D7
Lumpy

Over 16 To Be Specified
X=Actual Maximum Size
D 16
Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical,

Slabs, Etc.
Irregular
6 Sieve (.132) And Under
DX
Flowability
Very Free Flowing

Free Flowing
Average Flowability
Sluggish
1
2
3
4
Abrasiveness
Mildly Abrasive
Moderately Abrasive
Extremely Abrasive
5
6
7
Builds Up and Hardens

Generates Static Electricity
Decomposes Deteriorates in Storage
Flammability
Becomes Plastic or Tends to Soften
Very Dusty
Aerates and Becomes a Fluid
Explosiveness
Stickiness Adhesion
Contaminable, Affecting Use
Degradable, Affecting Use
Gives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or Fumes
Highly Corrosive
Mildly Corrosive
Hygroscopic
Interlocks, Mats or Agglomerates
Oils Present
Packs Under Pressure
Very Light and Fluffy May Be Windswept
Elevated Temperature
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
Miscellaneous
Properties
Or
Hazards
H-4
Code
Designation
Material Characteristics Included
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Table 1-2
Material Characteristics
The material characteristics table lists the following Design Data for many materials.
A. The weight per cubic foot data may be used to calculate the required capacity of the conveyor in either cubic feet per hour or
pounds per hour.
B. The material code for each material is as described in Table 1-1, and as interpreted below.
C. The Intermediate Bearing Selection Code is used to properly select the intermediate hanger bearing from Table 1-11.
D. The Component Series Code is used to determine the correct components to be used as shown on page H-20.
E. The Material Factor Fm is used in determining horsepower as described on pages H-22 and H-23.
F. The Trough Loading column indicates the proper percent of cross section loading to use in determining diameter and speed of
the conveyor.
For screw conveyor design purposes, conveyed materials are classified in accordance with the code system in Table 1-1, and listed
in Table 1-2.
Table 1-2 lists many materials that can be effectively conveyed by a screw conveyor. If a material is not listed in Table 1-2, it must
be classified according to Table 1-1 or by referring to a listed material similar in weight, particle size and other characteristics.
HOW TO READ THE MATERIAL CODE

FROM TABLE 1-2
Material: Brewers Grain Spent Wet
C12
Other
Characteristics
Size
Flowability
SEARCH
EXIT
Abrasiveness
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-5
Table 1-2
Weight
lbs. per cu. ft.
Material
Adipic Acid
Alfalfa Meal
Alfalfa Pellets
Alfalfa Seed
Almonds, Broken
Almonds, Whole Shelled
Alum, Fine
Alum, Lumpy
Alumina
Alumina, Fine
Alumina Sized Or Briquette
Aluminate Gel (Aluminate Hydroxide)
Aluminum Chips, Dry
Aluminum Chips, Oily
Aluminum Hydrate
Aluminum Ore (See Bauxite)
Aluminum Oxide
Aluminum Silicate (Andalusite)
Aluminum Sulfate
Ammonium Chloride, Crystalline
Ammonium Nitrate
Ammonium Sulfate
Antimony Powder
Apple Pomace, Dry
Arsenate Of Lead (See Lead Arsenate)
Arsenic Oxide (Arsenolite)
Arsenic Pulverized
Asbestos Rock (Ore)
Asbestos Shredded
Ash, Black Ground
Ashes, Coal, Dry 12
Ashes, Coal, Dry 3
Ashes, Coal, Wet 12
Ashes, Coal, Wet 3
Ashes, Fly (See Fly Ash)
Asphalt, Crushed 12
Bagasse
Bakelite, Fine
Baking Powder
Baking Soda (Sodium Bicarbonate)
Barite (Barium Sulfate) + 12 3
Barite, Powder
Barium Carbonate
Bark, Wood, Refuse
Barley, Fine, Ground
Barley, Malted
Barley, Meal
Barley, Whole
Basalt
Bauxite, Dry, Ground
Bauxite, Crushed 3
Beans,Castor, Meal
Beans, Castor, Whole Shelled
Beans, Navy, Dry
Beans, Navy, Steeped
H-6
SEARCH
45
14-22
41-43
10-15
27-30
28-30
45-50
50-60
55-65
35
65
45
7-15
7-15
13-20
60-120
49
45-58
45-52
45-62
45-58
15
100-120
30
81
20-40
105
35-45
35-40
45-50
45-50
45
7-10
30-45
40-55
40-55
120-180
120-180
72
10-20
24-38
31
28
36-48
80-105
68
75-85
35-40
36
48
60
EXIT
Material
Code
A 100-35
B6-45WY
C12-25
B6-15N
C12-35Q
C12-35Q
B6-35U
B6-25
B6-27MY
A100-27MY
D3-37
B6-35
E-45V
E-45V
C12-35
A100-17M
C12-35S
C12-25
A100-45FRS
A40-35NTU
C12-35FOTU
A100-35
C12-45Y
A100-35R
A100-25R
D3-37R
E-46XY
B6-35
C12-46TY
D3-46T
C12-46T
D3-46T
C12-45
E-45RVXY
B6-25
A100-35
A100-25
D3-36
A100-35X
A100-45R
E-45TVY
B6-35
C12-35
C12-35
B6-25N
B6-27
B6-25
D3-36
B6-35W
C12-15W
C12-15
C12-25
PREVIOUS
Intermediate
Bearing
Selection
S
H
H
L-S-B
H
H
L-S-B
L-S
H
H
H
H
H
H
L-S-B
H
L-S
L-S-B
L-S
H
L-S
H
H
L-S-B
H
H
H
L-S-B
H
H
H
H
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
S
S
H
H
H
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
H
H
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
NEXT
Component
Series
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
3
3
1
3
3
1
2
2
2
3
2
1
3
3
3
3
2
2
1
1
1
3
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
3
2
3
1
1
1
1
INDEX
Matl
Factor
Fm
Trough
Loading
.5
.6
.5
.4
.9
.9
.6
1.4
1.8
1.6
2.0
1.7
1.2
.8
1.4
1.8
.8
1.0
.7
1.3
1.0
1.6
1.0
.8
1.2
1.0
2.0
3.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
2.0
1.5
1.4
.6
.6
2.6
2.0
1.6
2.0
.4
.4
.4
.5
1.8
1.8
2.5
.8
.5
.5
.8
30A
30A
45
45
30A
30A
30A
45
15
15
15
30A
30A
30A
30A
15
30A
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
45
15
30B
30A
30B
30B
30B
30B
30A
30A
45
30A
45
30B
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
45
15
45
30B
30A
45
45
45
Table 1-2
Weight
lbs. per cu. ft.
Material
Bentonite, Crude
Bentonite, 100 Mesh
Benzene Hexachloride
Bicarbonate of Soda (Baking Soda)
Blood, Dried
Blood, Ground, Dried
Bone Ash (Tricalcium Phosphate)
Boneblack
Bonechar
Bonemeal
Bones, Whole*
Bones, Crushed
Bones, Ground
Borate of Lime
Borax, Fine
Borax Screening 12
Borax, 112-2 Lump
Borax, 2-3 Lump
Boric Acid, Fine
Boron
Bran, Rice Rye Wheat
Braunite (Manganese Oxide)
Bread Crumbs
Brewers Grain, Spent, Dry
Brewers Grain, Spent, Wet
Brick, Ground 18
Bronze Chips
Buckwheat
Calcine, Flour
Calcium Carbide
Calcium Carbonate (See Limestone)
Calcium Fluoride (See Fluorspar)
Calcium Hydrate (See Lime, Hydrated)
Calcium Hydroxide (See Lime, Hydrated)
Calcium Lactate
Calcium Oxide (See Lime, Unslaked)
Calcium Phosphate
Calcium Sulfate (See Gypsum)
Carbon, Activated, Dry Fine*
Carbon Black, Pelleted*
Carbon Black, Powder*
Carborundum
Casein
Cashew Nuts
Cast Iron, Chips
Caustic Soda
Caustic Soda, Flakes
Celite (See Diatomaceous Earth)
Cement, Clinker
Cement, Mortar
Cement, Portland
Cement, Aerated (Portland)
Cerrusite (See Lead Carbonate)
Chalk, Crushed
Chalk, Pulverized
Charcoal, Ground
SEARCH
34-40
50-60
56
35-45
30
40-50
20-25
27-40
50-60
35-50
35-50
50
60
45-55
55-60
55-60
60-70
55
75
16-20
120
20-25
14-30
55-60
100-120
30-50
37-42
75-85
70-90
26-29
40-50
100
36
32-37
130-200
88
47
75-95
133
94
60-75
75-95
67-75
18-28
EXIT
Material
Code
D3-45X
A100-25MXY
A100-45R
D3-45U
A100-35U
A100-45
A100-25Y
B6-35
B6-35
E-45V
D3-45
B6-35
A100-35
B6-25T
C12-35
D3-35
D3-35
B6-25T
A100-37
B6-35NY
A100-36
B6-35PQ
C12-45
C12-45T
B6-37
B6-45
B6-25N
A100-35
D3-25N
D3-45QTR
A100-45
D3-27
B6-35
C12-45
C12-45
B6-35RSU
C12-45RSUX
D3-36
B6-35Q
A100-26M
A100-16M
D3-25
A100-25MXY
A100-45
PREVIOUS
Intermediate
Bearing
Selection
H
H
L-S-B
S
H
L-S
L-S
L-S
L-S
H
H
H
H
L-S-B
H
H
H
H
H
H
L-S-B
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S
H
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
H
L-S
L-S-B
H
H
H
H
H
L-S
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
NEXT
Component
Series
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
3
2
2
2
3
2
1
2
1
1
2
3
2
1
1
2
3
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
INDEX
Matl
Factor
Fm
Trough
Loading
1.2
.7
.6
.6
2.0
1.0
1.6
1.5
1.6
1.7
3.0
2.0
1.7
.6
.7
1.5
1.8
2.0
.8
1.0
.5
2.0
.6
.5
.8
2.2
2.0
.4
.7
2.0
.6
1.6
3.0
1.6
.7
4.0
1.8
1.5
1.8
3.0
1.4
1.4
1.9
1.4
1.2
30A
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30B
30A
30A
30A
30A
30B
30A
30B
30A
30A
30A
15
30A
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
15
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30B
30A
30B
30B
30A
45
30A
H-7
Table 1-2
Weight
lbs. per cu. ft.
Material
Charcoal, Lumps
Chocolate, Cake Pressed
Chrome Ore
Cinders, Blast Furnace
Cinders, Coal
Clay (See Bentonite, Diatomaceous Earth,
Fullers Earth, Kaolin & Marl)
Clay, Ceramic, Dry, Fines
Clay, Calcined
Clay, Brick, Dry, Fines
Clay, Dry, Lumpy
Clinker, Cement (See Cement Clinker)
Clover Seed
Coal, Anthracite (River & Culm)
Coal, Anthracite, Sized-12
Coal, Bituminous, Mined
Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Sized
Coal, Bituminous, Mined, Slack
Coal, Lignite
Cocoa Beans
Cocoa, Nibs
Cocoa, Powdered
Cocoanut, Shredded
Coffee, Chaff
Coffee, Green Bean
Coffee, Ground, Dry
Coffee, Ground, Wet
Coffee, Roasted Bean
Coffee, Soluble
Coke, Breeze
Coke, Loose
Coke, Petrol, Calcined
Compost
Concrete, Pre-Mix Dry
Copper Ore
Copper Ore, Crushed
Copper Sulphate, (Bluestone)
Copperas (See Ferrous Sulphate)
Copra, Cake Ground
Copra, Cake, Lumpy
Copra, Lumpy
Copra, Meal
Cork, Fine Ground
Cork, Granulated
Corn, Cracked
Corn Cobs, Ground
Corn Cobs, Whole*
Corn Ear*
Corn Germ
Corn Grits
Cornmeal
Corn Oil, Cake
Corn Seed
Corn Shelled
Corn Sugar
Cottonseed, Cake, Crushed
H-8
SEARCH
Material
Code
Intermediate
Bearing
Selection
Component
Series
Matl
Factor
Fm
Trough
Loading
18-28
40-45
125-140
57
40
D3-45Q
D3-25
D3-36
D3-36T
D3-36T
H
S
H
H
H
2
2
3
3
3
1.4
1.5
2.5
1.9
1.8
30A
30A
30B
30B
30B
60-80
80-100
100-120
60-75
45-48
55-61
49-61
40-60
45-50
43-50
37-45
30-45
35
30-35
20-22
20
25-32
25
35-45
20-30
19
25-35
23-35
35-45
30-50
85-120
120-150
100-150
75-95
40-45
25-30
22
40-45
5-15
12-15
40-50
17
12-15
56
21
40-45
32-40
25
45
45
30-35
40-45
A100-35P
B6-36
C12-36
D3-35
B6-25N
B6-35TY
C12-25
D3-35LNXY
D3-35QV
C12-45T
D3-35T
C12-25Q
C12-25
A100-45XY
E-45
B6-25MY
C12-25PQ
A40-35P
A40-45X
C12-25PQ
A40-35PUY
C12-37
D7-37
D7-37
D7-45TV
C12-36U
DX-36
D3-36
C12-35S
B6-45HW
D3-35HW
E-35HW
B6-35HW
B6-35JNY
C12-35JY
B6-25P
C12-25Y
E-35
E-35
B6-35PY
B6-35P
B6-35P
D7-45HW
C12-25PQ
C12-25
B6-35PU
C12-45HW
L-S-B
H
H
H
L-S-B
L-S
L-S
L-S
L-S
L-S
H
L-S
H
S
S
L-S
L-S
L-S
L-S
S
S
H
H
H
L-S
H
H
H
L-S
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S
L-S
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S
L-S
L-S-B
L-S-B
S
L-S
1
3
3
2
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.5
2.4
2.0
1.8
.4
1.0
1.0
.9
1.0
.9
1.0
.5
.5
.9
1.5
1.0
.5
.6
.6
.4
.4
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
1.0
.7
.8
1.0
.7
.5
.5
.7
.6
30A
30B
30B
30A
45
30A
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
45
45
30A
30A
45
45
30A
30A
45
45
15
15
15
30A
30B
30B
30B
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
45
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
45
45
30A
30A
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
.4
.5
.5
.6
.4
.4
1.0
1.0
Table 1-2
Weight
lbs. per cu. ft.
Material
Cottonseed, Cake, Lumpy

Cottonseed, Dry, Delinted
Cottonseed, Dry, Not Delinted
Cottonseed, Flakes
Cottonseed, Hulls
Cottonseed, Meal, Expeller
Cottonseed, Meal, Extracted
Cottonseed, Meats, Dry
Cottonseed, Meats, Rolled
Cracklings, Crushed
Cryolite, Dust
Cryolite, Lumpy
Cullet, Fine
Cullet, Lump
Culm, (See Coal, Anthracite)
Cupric Sulphate (Copper Sulfate)
Detergent (See Soap Detergent)
Diatomaceous Earth
Dicalcium Phosphate
Disodium Phosphate
Distillers Grain, Spent Dry
Distillers Grain, Spent Wet
Dolomite, Crushed
Dolomite, Lumpy
Earth, Loam, Dry, Loose
Ebonite, Crushed
Egg Powder
Epsom Salts (Magnesium Sulfate)
Feldspar, Ground
Feldspar, Lumps
Feldspar, Powder
Feldspar, Screenings
Ferrous Sulfide 12
Ferrous Sulfide 100M
Ferrous Sulphate
Fish Meal
Fish Scrap
Flaxseed
Flaxseed Cake (Linseed Cake)
Flaxseed Meal (Linseed Meal)
Flour Wheat
Flue Dust, Basic Oxygen Furnace
Flue Dust, Blast Furnace
Flue Dust, Boiler H. Dry
Fluorspar, Fine (Calcium Fluoride)
Fluorspar, Lumps
Fly Ash
Foundry Sand, Dry (See Sand)
Fullers Earth, Dry, Raw
Fullers Earth, Oily, Spent
Fullers Earth, Calcined
Galena (See Lead Sulfide)
Gelatine, Granulated
Gilsonite
Glass, Batch
Glue, Ground
SEARCH
40-45
22-40
18-25
20-25
12
25-30
35-40
40
35-40
40-50
75-90
90-110
80-120
80-120
11-17
40-50
25-31
30
40-60
80-100
90-100
76
63-70
16
40-50
65-80
90-100
100
75-80
120-135
105-120
50-75
35-40
40-50
43-45
48-50
25-45
33-40
45-60
110-125
30-45
80-100
90-110
30-45
30-40
60-65
40
32
37
80-100
40
EXIT
Material
Code
Intermediate
Bearing
Selection
D7-45HW
C12-25X
C12-45XY
C12-35HWY
B6-35Y
B6-45HW
B6-45HW
B6-35HW
C12-45HW
D3-45HW
A100-36L
D16-36
C12-37
D16-37
A40-36Y
A40-35
A40-35
B6-35
C12-45V
C12-36
DX-36
C12-36
C12-35
A40-35MPY
A40-35U
A100-37
D7-37
A200-36
C12-37
C12-26
A100-36
C12-35U
C12-45HP
D7-45H
B6-35X
D7-45W
B6-45W
A40-45LP
A40-36LM
A40-36
A40-36LM
B6-36
D7-36
A40-36M
A40-25
C12-450W
A100-25
B6-35PU
C12-35
C12-37
B6-45U
L-S
L-S
L-S
L-S
L-S
L-S
L-S
L-S
L-S
L-S-B
H
H
H
H
H
L-S-B
H
H
L-S
H
H
H
L-S-B
S
L-S-B
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S
L-S
S
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
S
H
H
H
PREVIOUS
NEXT
Component
Series
2
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
1
3
2
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
3
3
3
2
2
3
2
3
3
1
3
3
2
INDEX
Matl
Factor
Fm
Trough
Loading
1.0
.6
.9
.8
.9
.5
.5
.6
.6
1.3
2.0
2.1
2.0
2.5
1.6
1.6
.5
.5
.8
2.0
2.0
1.2
.8
1.0
.8
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.5
.4
.7
.4
.6
3.5
3.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
.8
1.5
2.5
1.7
30A
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30B
30B
15
15
30B
30A
30A
30A
30A
30B
30B
30B
30A
30A
30A
15
15
30B
15
30B
30B
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30B
30B
30B
30B
30B
30B
15
30A
15
30A
30A
15
30A
H-9
Table 1-2
Weight
lbs. per cu. ft.
Material
Glue, Pearl
Glue, Veg. Powdered
Gluten, Meal
Granite, Fine
Grape Pomace
Graphite Flake
Graphite Flour
Graphite Ore
Guano Dry*
Gypsum, Calcined
Gypsum, Calcined, Powdered
Gypsum, Raw 1
Hay, Chopped*
Hexanedioic Acid (See Adipic Acid)
Hominy, Dry
Hops, Spent, Dry
Hops, Spent, Wet
Ice, Crushed
Ice, Flaked*
Ice, Cubes
Ice, Shell
Ilmenite Ore
Iron Ore Concentrate
Iron Oxide Pigment
Iron Oxide, Millscale
Iron Pyrites (See Ferrous Sulfide)
Iron Sulphate (See Ferrous Sulfate)
Iron Sulfide (See Ferrous Sulfide)
Iron Vitriol (See Ferrous Sulfate)
Kafir (Corn)
Kaolin Clay
Kaolin Clay-Talc
Kryalith (See Cryolite)
Lactose
Lamp Black (See Carbon Black)
Lead Arsenate
Lead Arsenite
Lead Carbonate
Lead Ore 18
Lead Ore 12
Lead Oxide (Red Lead) 100 Mesh
Lead Oxide (Red Lead) 200 Mesh
Lead Sulphide 100 Mesh
Lignite (See Coal Lignite)
Limanite, Ore, Brown
Lime, Ground, Unslaked
Lime Hydrated
Lime, Hydrated, Pulverized
Lime, Pebble
Limestone, Agricultural
Limestone, Crushed
Limestone, Dust
Lindane (Benzene Hexachloride)
Linseed (See Flaxseed)
Litharge (Lead Oxide)
Lithopone
H-10
SEARCH
40
40
40
80-90
15-20
40
28
65-75
70
55-60
60-80
70-80
8-12
35-50
35
50-55
35-45
40-45
33-35
33-35
140-160
120-180
25
75
40-45
63
32-56
32
72
72
240-260
200-270
180-230
30-150
30-180
240-260
120
60-65
40
32-40
53-56
68
85-90
55-95
45-50
EXIT
Material
Code
C12-35U
A40-45U
B6-35P
C12-27
D3-45U
B6-25LP
A100-35LMP
DX-35L
C12-35
B6-35U
A100-35U
D3-25
C12-35JY
C12-25
D3-35
D3-45V
D3-35Q
C12-35Q
D3-35Q
D3-45Q
D3-37
A40-37
A100-36LMP
C12-36
C12-25
D3-25
A40-35LMP
A40-35PU
A40-35R
A40-35R
A40-35R
B6-35
C12-36
A100-35P
A200-35LP
A100-35R
C12-47
B6-35U
B6-35LM
A40-35LM
C12-25HU
B6-35
DX-36
A40-46MY
A325-35MR
PREVIOUS
Intermediate
Bearing
Selection
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S
H
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
H
L-S
H
H
H
L-S
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S
L-S
S
S
S
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L-S-B
H
L-S
L-S
H
H
H
L-S
NEXT
Component
Series
1
1
1
3
2
1
1
2
3
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
3
3
2
2
3
2
2
1
1
2
3
3
2
2
2
3
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
INDEX
Matl
Factor
Fm
Trough
Loading
.5
.6
.6
2.5
1.4
.5
.5
1.0
2.0
1.6
2.0
2.0
1.6
.4
1.0
1.5
.4
.6
.4
.4
2.0
2.2
1.0
1.6
.5
2.0
2.0
.6
1.4
1.4
1.0
1.4
1.4
1.2
1.2
1.0
1.7
.6
.8
.6
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.6-2.0
1.0
30A
30A
30A
15
30A
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
15
15
30B
30B
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30B
30A
30A
30A
15
30A
30A
30A
45
30A
30B
30B
30A
Table 1-2
Weight
lbs. per cu. ft.
Material
Maize (See Milo)

Malt, Dry, Ground
Malt, Meal
Malt, Dry Whole
Malt, Sprouts
Magnesium Chloride (Magnesite)
Manganese Dioxide*
Manganese Ore
Manganese Oxide
Manganese Sulfate
Marble, Crushed
Marl, (Clay)
Meat, Ground
Meat, Scrap (W\bone)
Mica, Flakes
Mica, Ground
Mica, Pulverized
Milk, Dried, Flake
Milk, Malted
Milk, Powdered
Milk Sugar
Milk, Whole, Powdered
Mill Scale (Steel)
Milo, Ground
Milo Maize (Kafir)
Molybdenite Powder
Monosodium Phosphate
Mortar, Wet*
Mustard Seed
Naphthalene Flakes
Niacin (Nicotinic Acid)
Oats
Oats, Crimped
Oats, Crushed
Oats, Flour
Oat Hulls
Oats, Rolled
Oleo Margarine (Margarine)
Orange Peel, Dry
Oxalic Acid Crystals Ethane Diacid Crystals
Oyster Shells, Ground
Oyster Shells, Whole
Paper Pulp (4% or less)
Paper Pulp (6% to 15%)
Paraffin Cake 12
Peanuts, Clean, in shell
Peanut Meal
Peanuts, Raw, Uncleaned (unshelled)
Peanuts, Shelled
Peas, Dried
Perlite Expanded
Phosphate Acid Fertillizer
Phosphate Disodium
(See Sodium Phosphate)
Phosphate Rock, Broken
Phosphate Rock, Pulverized
SEARCH
Material
Code
Intermediate
Bearing
Selection
Component
Series
Matl
Factor
Fm
Trough
Loading
20-30
36-40
20-30
13-15
33
70-85
125-140
120
70
80-95
80
50-55
40
17-22
13-15
13-15
5-6
27-30
20-45
32
20-36
120-125
32-36
40-45
107
50
150
45
45
35
26
19-26
22
35
8-12
19-24
59
15
60
50-60
80
62
60-62
45
15-20
30
15-20
35-45
45-50
8-12
60
B6-35NP
B6-25P
C12-35N
C12-35P
C12-45
A100-35NRT
DX-37
A100-36
C12-37
B6-37
DX-36
E-45HQTX
E-46H
B6-16MY
B6-36
A100-36M
B6-35PUY
A40-45PX
B6-25PM
A100-35PX
B6-35PUX
E-46T
B6-25
B6-15N
B6-26
B6-36
E-46T
B6-15N
B6-35
A40-35P
C12-25MN
C12-35
B6-45NY
A100-35
B6-35NY
C12-35NY
E-45HKPWX
E-45
B6-35QS
C12-36T
D3-36TV
E-45
E-45
C12-45K
D3-35Q
B6-35P
D3-36Q
C12-35Q
C12-15NQ
C12-36
B6-25T
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S
L-S
H
H
H
H
H
L-S
H
H
H
H
S
S
S
S
S
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
H
H
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S
L-S
L-S
H
H
L-S
L-S
L-S
L-S
S
H
S
L-S-B
H
L-S
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
2
2
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
3
3
2
2
1
2
1
3
1
1
2
2
.5
.4
.5
.4
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.4
2.0
1.6
1.5
1.5
1.0
.9
1.0
.4
.9
.5
.6
.5
3.0
.5
.4
1.5
.6
3.0
.4
.7
2.5
.4
.5
.6
.5
.5
.6
.4
1.5
1.0
1.6-2.0
2.1-2.5
1.5
1.5
.6
.6
.6
.7
.4
.5
.6
1.4
30A
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
15
30B
15
15
30B
30A
30B
30B
30B
30B
30A
30A
45
30A
30A
30B
45
45
30B
30B
30B
45
30A
30A
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30B
30B
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30B
30A
45
30B
45
75-85
60
DX-36
B6-36
H
H
2
2
2.1
1.7
30B
30B
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-11
Table 1-2
Weight
lbs. per cu. ft.
Material
Phosphate Sand
Plaster of Paris (See Gypsum)
Plumbago (See Graphite)
Polystyrene Beads
Polyvinyl, Chloride Powder
Polyvinyl, Chloride Pellets
Polyethylene, Resin Pellets
Potash (Muriate) Dry
Potash (Muriate) Mine Run
Potassium Carbonate
Potassium Chloride Pellets
Potassium Nitrate 12
Potassium Nitrate 18
Potassium Sulfate
Potato Flour
Pumice 18
Pyrite, Pellets
Quartz 100 Mesh
Quartz 12
Rice, Bran
Rice, Grits
Rice, Polished
Rice, Hulled
Rice, Hulls
Rice, Rough
Rosin 12
Rubber, Reclaimed Ground
Rubber, Pelleted
Rye
Rye Bran
Rye Feed
Rye Meal
Rye Middlings
Rye, Shorts
Safflower, Cake
Safflower, Meal
Safflower Seed
Saffron (See Safflower)
Sal Ammoniac (Ammonium Chloride)
Salt Cake, Dry Coarse
Salt Cake, Dry Pulverized
Salicylic Acid
Salt, Dry Coarse
Salt, Dry Fine
Saltpeter (See Potassium Nitrate)
Sand Dry Bank (Damp)
Sand Dry Bank (Dry)
Sand Dry Silica
Sand Foundry (Shake Out)
Sand (Resin Coated) Silica
Sand (Resin Coated) Zircon
Sawdust, Dry
Sea Coal
Sesame Seed
Shale, Crushed
Shellac, Powdered or Granulated
H-12
SEARCH
90-100
40
20-30
20-30
30-35
70
75
51
120-130
76
80
42-48
48
42-48
120-130
70-80
80-90
20
42-45
30
45-49
20-21
32-36
65-68
23-50
50-55
42-48
15-20
33
35-40
42
32-33
50
50
45
85
65-85
29
45-60
70-80
110-130
90-110
90-100
90-100
104
115
10-13
65
27-41
85-90
31
EXIT
Material
Code
B6-37
B6-35PQ
A100-45KT
E-45KPQT
C12-45Q
B6-37
DX-37
B6-36
C12-25TU
C12-16NT
B6-26NT
B6-46X
A200-35MNP
B6-46
C12-26
A100-27
C12-27
B6-35NY
B6-35P
C12-15P
C12-25P
B6-35NY
C12-35N
C12-45Q
C12-45
D3-45
B6-15N
B6-35Y
B6-35N
B6-35
B6-35
C12-35
D3-26
B6-35
B6-15N
B6-36TU
B6-36TU
B6-37U
C12-36TU
B6-36TU
B6-47
B6-37
B6-27
D3-37Z
B6-27
A100-27
B6-45UX
B6-36
B6-26
C12-36
B6-35P
PREVIOUS
Intermediate
Bearing
Selection
S
S
S
L-S
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L-S
H
H
H
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S
L-S
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L-S-B
H
H
H
S
NEXT
Component
Series
1
2
1
1
3
3
2
3
3
3
2
1
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
2
2
1
INDEX
Matl
Factor
Fm
Trough
Loading
2.0
.4
1.0
.6
.4
2.0
2.2
1.0
1.6
1.2
1.2
1.0
.5
1.6
2.0
1.7
2.0
.4
.4
.4
.4
.4
.6
1.5
.8
1.5
.4
.4
.5
.5
.5
.5
.6
.6
.4
2.1
1.7
.6
1.0
1.7
2.8
1.7
2.0
2.6
2.0
2.3
1.4
1.0
.6
2.0
.6
15
30A
30A
30A
30A
15
15
30B
45
30B
30B
30B
30A
30B
30B
15
15
30A
30A
45
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
45
45
30A
30A
30A
30A
30B
30A
45
30B
30B
15
30B
30B
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
30B
30B
30B
30A
Table 1-2 (contd.)

Weight
lbs. per cu. ft.
Material
Silicon Dioxide (See Quartz)

Silica, Flour
Silica Gel + 12 - 3
Slag, Blast Furnace Crushed
Slag, Furnace Granular, Dry
Slate, Crushed, 12
Slate, Ground, 18
Sludge, Sewage, Dried
Sludge, Sewage, Dry Ground
Soap, Beads or Granules
Soap, Chips
Soap Detergent
Soap, Flakes
Soap, Powder
Soapstone, Talc, Fine
Soda Ash, Heavy
Soda Ash, Light
Sodium Aluminate, Ground
Sodium Aluminum Fluoride (See Kryolite)
Sodium Aluminum Sulphate*
Sodium Bentonite (See Bentonite)
Sodium Bicarbonate (See Baking Soda)
Sodium Chloride (See Salt)
Sodium Carbonate (See Soda Ash)
Sodium Hydrate (See Caustic Soda)
Sodium Hydroxide (See Caustic Soda)
Sodium Borate (See Borax)
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Phosphate
Sodium Sulfate (See Salt Cake)
Sodium Sulfite
Sorghum, Seed (See Kafir or Milo)
Soybean, Cake
Soybean, Cracked
Soybean, Flake, Raw
Soybean, Flour
Soybean Meal, Cold
Soybean Meal Hot
Soybeans, Whole
Starch
Steel Turnings, Crushed
Sugar Beet, Pulp, Dry
Sugar Beet, Pulp, Wet
Sugar, Refined, Granulated Dry
Sugar, Refined, Granulated Wet
Sugar, Powdered
Sugar, Raw
Sulphur, Crushed 12
Sulphur, Lumpy, 3
Sulphur, Powdered
Sunflower Seed
Talcum, 12
Talcum Powder
Tanbark, Ground*
Timothy Seed
Titanium Dioxide (See Ilmenite Ore)
SEARCH
80
45
130-180
60-65
80-90
82-85
40-50
45-55
15-35
15-25
15-50
5-15
20-25
40-50
55-65
20-35
72
75
70-80
50-60
96
40-43
30-40
18-25
27-30
40
40
45-50
25-50
100-150
12-15
25-45
50-55
55-65
50-60
55-65
50-60
80-85
50-60
19-38
80-90
50-60
55
36
EXIT
Material
Code
Intermediate
Bearing
Selection
A40-46
D3-37HKQU
D3-37Y
C12-37
C12-36
B6-36
E-47TW
B-46S
B6-35Q
C12-35Q
B6-35FQ
B6-35QXY
B6-25X
A200-45XY
B6-36
A40-36Y
B6-36
A100-36
D3-25NS
A-35
B6-46X
D3-35W
C12-36NW
C12-35Y
A40-35MN
B6-35
B6-35T
C12-26NW
A40-15M
D3-46WV
C12-26
C12-35X
B6-35PU
C12-35X
A100-35PX
B6-35PX
C12-35N
D3-35N
A40-35MN
C12-15
C12-36
A200-36M
B6-45
B6-35NY
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
H
H
H
L-S
L-S
L-S-B
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S
H
L-S-B
H
H
L-S-B
S
S
S
S
L-S
L-S
L-S
L-S-B
H
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
PREVIOUS
NEXT
Component
Series
2
3
3
3
2
2
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
INDEX
Matl
Factor
Fm
Trough
Loading
1.5
2.0
2.4
2.2
2.0
1.6
.8
.8
.6
.6
.8
.6
.9
2.0
2.0
1.6
1.0
1.0
1.2
.9
1.5
1.0
.5
.8
.8
.5
.5
1.0
1.0
3.0
.9
1.2
1.0-1.2
1.4-2.0
.8
1.5
.8
.8
.6
.5
.9
.8
.7
.6
30B
15
15
15
30B
30B
15
30B
30A
30A
30A
30A
45
30A
30B
30B
30B
30B
30A
30A
30B
30A
30B
30A
30A
30A
30A
30B
45
30B
30B
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
30A
45
30B
30B
30A
30A
H-13
Table 1-2 (contd.)

Weight
lbs. per cu. ft.
Material
Tobacco, Scraps
Tobacco, Snuff
Tricalcium Phosphate
Triple Super Phosphate
Trisodium Phosphate
Trisodium Phosphate Granular
Trisodium Phosphate, Pulverized
Tung Nut Meats, Crushed
Tung Nuts
Urea Prills, Coated
Vermiculite, Expanded
Vermiculite, Ore
Vetch
Walnut Shells, Crushed
Wheat
Wheat, Cracked
Wheat, Germ
White Lead, Dry
Wood Chips, Screened
Wood Flour
Wood Shavings
Zinc, Concentrate Residue
Zinc Oxide, Heavy
Zinc Oxide, Light
15-25
30
40-50
50-55
60
60
50
28
25-30
43-46
16
80
48
35-45
45-48
40-45
18-28
75-100
10-30
16-36
8-16
75-80
30-35
10-15
Material
Code
D3-45Y
B6-45MQ
A40-45
B6-36RS
C12-36
B6-36
A40-36
D3-25W
D3-15
B6-25
C12-35Y
D3-36
B6-16N
B6-36
C12-25N
B6-25N
B6-25
A40-36MR
D3-45VY
B6-35N
E-45VY
B6-37
A100-45X
A100-45XY
Intermediate
Bearing
Selection
L-S
L-S-B
L-S
H
H
H
H
L-S
L-S
L-S-B
L-S
H
L-S-B
H
L-S-B
L-S-B
L-S-B
H
L-S
L-S
L-S
H
L-S
L-S
Component
Series
Matl
Factor
Fm
Trough
Loading
2
1
1
3
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
1
1
.8
.9
1.6
2.0
1.7
1.7
1.6
.8
.7
1.2
.5
1.0
.4
1.0
.4
.4
.4
1.0
.6
.4
1.5
1.0
1.0
1.0
30A
30A
30A
30B
30B
30B
30B
30A
30A
45
30A
30B
30B
30B
45
45
45
30B
30A
30A
30A
15
30A
30A
*Consult Factory
H-14
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Selection of Conveyor
Size and Speed
In order to determine the size and speed of a screw conveyor, it is necessary first to establish the material code number. It will be
seen from what follows that this code number controls the cross-sectional loading that should be used. The various cross-sectional
loadings shown in the Capacity Table (Table 1-6) are for use with the standard screw conveyor components indicated in the
Component Group Selection Guide on page H-20 and are for use where the conveying operation is controlled with volumetric feeders and where the material is uniformly fed into the conveyor housing and discharged from it. Check lump size limitations before
choosing conveyor diameter. See Table 1-7.
Capacity Table
The capacity table, (Table 1-6), gives the capacities in cubic feet per hour at one revolution per minute for various size screw
conveyors for four cross-sectional loadings. Also shown are capacities in cubic feet per hour at the maximum recommended
revolutions per minute.
The capacity values given in the table will be found satisfactory for most all applications. Where the capacity of a screw conveyor
is very critical, especially when handling a material not listed in Table 1-2, it is best to consult our Engineering Department.
The maximum capacity of any size screw conveyor for a wide range of materials, and various conditions of loading, may be
obtained from Table 1-6 by noting the values of cubic feet per hour at maximum recommended speed.
Conveyor Speed
For screw conveyors with screws having standard pitch helical flights the conveyor speed may be calculated by the formula:
N=
N=
Required capacity, cubic feet per hour

Cubic feet per hour at 1 revolution per minute
revolutions per minute of screw, (but not
greater than the maximum recommended speed.)
For the calculation of conveyor speeds where special types of screws are used, such as short pitch screws, cut flights, cut and
folded flights and ribbon flights, an equivalent required capacity must be used, based on factors in the Tables 1-3, 4, 5.
Factor CF1 relates to the pitch of the screw. Factor CF2 relates to the type of the flight. Factor CF3 relates to the use of mixing
paddles within the flight pitches.
The equivalent capacity then is found by multiplying the required capacity by the capacity factors. See Tables 1-3, 4, 5 for
capacity factors.
Equiv. Capacity
Required Capacity
=
(CF ) (CF ) (CF )
(Cubic
Feet Per Hour) (Cubic Feet Per Hour)
1
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-15
Capacity
Factors
Table 1-3
Special Conveyor Pitch Capacity Factor CF1
Pitch
Description
Standard
Short
Half
Long
CF1
Pitch = Diameter of Screw

Pitch =23 Diameter of Screw
Pitch =12 Diameter of Screw
Pitch = 112 Diameter of Screw
1.00
1.50
2.00
0.67
Table 1-4
Special Conveyor Flight Capacity Factor CF2
Conveyor Loading
Type of
Flight
Cut Flight
Cut & Folded Flight
Ribbon Flight
15%
30%
45%
1.95
N.R.*
1.04
1.57
3.75
1.37
1.43
2.54
1.62
*Not recommended
*If none of the above flight modifications are used: CF2 = 1.0
Table 1-5
Special Conveyor Mixing Paddle Capacity CF3
H-16
Paddles Per Pitch
Standard Paddles at
45 Reverse Pitch
None
Factor CF3
1.00
1.08
1.16
1.24
1.32
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Capacity Table
Horizontal Screw Conveyors
(Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors)
Table 1-6
Capacity Cubic Feet
Per Hour (Full Pitch)
Screw
Dia.
Inch
Trough Loading
At One RPM
45%
30%
A
30%
B
15%
SEARCH
EXIT
Max.
RPM
At Max RPM
0.62
114
2.23
368
184
165
8.20
1270
155
10
11.40
1710
150
12
19.40
2820
145
14
31.20
4370
140
16
46.70
6060
130
18
67.60
8120
120
20
93.70
10300
110
24
164.00
16400
100
30
323.00
29070
90
0.41
53
130
1.49
180
120
5.45
545
100
10
7.57
720
95
12
12.90
1160
90
14
20.80
1770
85
16
31.20
2500
80
18
45.00
3380
75
20
62.80
4370
70
24
109.00
7100
65
30
216.00
12960
60
0.41
29
72
1.49
90
60
5.45
300
55
10
7.60
418
55
12
12.90
645
50
14
20.80
1040
50
16
31.20
1400
45
18
45.00
2025
45
20
62.80
2500
40
24
109.00
4360
40
30
216.00
7560
35
0.21
15
72
0.75
45
60
2.72
150
55
10
3.80
210
55
12
6.40
325
50
14
10.40
520
50
16
15.60
700
45
18
22.50
1010
45
20
31.20
1250
40
24
54.60
2180
40
30
108.00
3780
35
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-17
Lump Size
Limitations
The size of a screw conveyor not only depends on the capacity required, but also on the size and proportion of lumps in the
material to be handled. The size of a lump is the maximum dimension it has. If a lump has one dimension much longer than its
transverse cross-section, the long dimension or length would determine the lump size.
The character of the lump also is involved. Some materials have hard lumps that wont break up in transit through a screw conveyor. In that case, provision must be made to handle these lumps. Other materials may have lumps that are fairly hard, but
degradable in transit through the screw conveyor, thus reducing the lump size to be handled. Still other materials have lumps that
are easily broken in a screw conveyor and lumps of these materials impose no limitations.
Three classes of lump sizes are shown in TABLE 1-7 and as follows
Class 1
A mixture of lumps and fines in which not more than 10% are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum;
and 90% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size.
Class 2
A mixture of lumps and fines in which not more than 25% are lumps ranging from the maximum size to one half of the maximum;
and 75% are lumps smaller than one half of the maximum size.
Class 3
A mixture of lumps only in which 95% or more are lumps ranging from maximum size to one half of the maximum size; and 5%
or less are lumps less than one tenth of the maximum size.
Table 1-7
Maximum Lump Size Table
Screw
Diameter
Inches
Pipe
*O.D.
Inches
Radial
Clearance
Inches
Class I
10% Lumps
Max. Lump, Inch
Class II
25% Lumps
Max. Lump, Inch
Class III
95% Lumps
Max. Lump, Inch
6
9
9
238
238
278
2516
3316
3916
114
214
214
3
4
112
112
12
12
12
278
312
4
5116
434
412
234
234
234
2
2
2
1
1
1
14
14
312
4
534
512
314
212
212
114
114
114
16
16
4
412
612
614
334
334
234
234
112
112
18
18
4
412
712
712
414
414
3
3
134
134
20
20
24
30
4
412
412
412
812
814
1014
1314
434
434
6
8
312
312
334
5
2
2
212
3
2
4
3
4
1
*For special pipe sizes, consult factory.

Radial clearance is the distance between the bottom of the trough and the bottom of the conveyor pipe.
H-18
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Lump Size Limitations

Component Groups
EXAMPLE: Lump Size Limitations
To illustrate the selection of a conveyor size from the maximum lump size table, table 1-7, consider crushed ice as the conveyed
material. Refer to the material charts table 1-2 and find crushed ice and its material code D3-35-Q and weight of 35-45 lbs./C.F. D3
means that the lump size is 12 to 3, this is noted by referring to the material classification code chart on page H-4. From actual
specifications regarding crushed ice it is known that crushed ice has a maximum lump size of 1 12 and only 25% of the lumps are
112. With this information refer to table 1-7, Maximum lump size table. Under the column Class II and 112 Max. lump size read
across to the minimum screw diameter which will be 9.
Component Groups
To facilitate the selection of proper specifications for a screw conveyor for a particular duty, screw conveyors are broken down
into three Component Groups. These groups relate both to the Material Classification Code and also to screw size, pipe size, type
of bearings and trough thickness.
Referring to table 1-2, find the component series designation of the material to be conveyed.
Having made the Component Series selection, refer to Tables 1-8, 9, 10 which give the specifications of the various sizes of conveyor screws. (The tabulated screw numbers in this table refer to standard specifications for screws found on pages H-73H-75
Component Section.) These standards give complete data on the screws such as the length of standard sections, minimum edge
thickness of screw flight, bushing data, bolt size, bolt spacing, etc.
EXAMPLE: For a screw conveyor to handle brewers grain, spent wet, refer to the material characteristics Table 1-2. Note that the
component series column refers to series 2. Refer now to page H-20, component selection, Table 1-9, component
group 2. The standard shaft sizes, screw flight designations, trough gauges and cover gauges are listed for each
screw diameter.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-19
Component
Selection
Table 1-8
Component Group 1
Screw
Diameter
Inches
Screw Number
Thickness, U.S. Standard

Gauge or Inches
Coupling
Diameter
Inches
Helicoid
Flights
Sectional
Flights
Trough
6
9
9
112
112
2
6H304
9H306
9H406
6S307
9S307
9S409
16 Ga.
14 Ga.
14 Ga.
16 Ga.
14 Ga.
14 Ga.
12
12
14
2
2716
2716
12H408
12H508
14H508
12S409
12S509
14S509
12 Ga.
12 Ga.
12 Ga.
14 Ga.
14 Ga.
14 Ga.
16
18
20
24
30
3
3
3
3716
3716
16H610
16S612
18S612
20S612
24S712
30S712
12 Ga.
10 Ga.
10 Ga.
10 Ga.
10 Ga.
14 Ga.
12 Ga.
12 Ga.
12 Ga.
12 Ga.
Cover
Table 1-9
Component Group 2
Screw
Dia.
Inches
Screw Number

Gauge or Inches
Coupling
Dia.
Inches
Helicoid
Flights
Sectional
Flights
Trough
6
9
9
112
112
2
6H308
9H312
9H412
6S309
9S309
9S412
14 Cal.
10 Ga.
10 Ga.
12
12
12
14
14
2
2716
3
2716
3
12H412
12H512
12H614
14H614
12S412
12S512
12S616
14S512
14S616
16
18
20
24
30
3
3
3
3716
3716
16H614
16S616
18S616
20S616
24S716
30S716
Cover
16 Cal.
14 Ga.
14 Ga.
16
16
3
16
3
16
3
16 In.
14 Ga.
14 Ga.
14 Ga.
14 Ga.
14 Ga.
16 .
3
16 In.
3
16 In.
3
16 In.
3
16 In.
14 Ga.
12 Ga.
12 Ga.
12 Ga.
12 Ga.
Table 1-10
Component Group 3
Screw
Diameter
Inches
H-20
Screw Number

Gauge or Inches
Coupling
Diameter
Inches
Helicoid
Flights
Sectional
Flights
Trough
6
9
9
112
112
2
6H312
9H312
9H414
6S312
9S312
9S416
10 Ga.
3
16 In.
3
16 In.
16 Ga.
14 Ga.
14 Ga.
12
12
12
14
2
2716
3
3
12H412
12H512
12H614
12S412
12S512
12S616
14S624
4 In.
4 In.
1
4 In.
1
4 In.
14 Ga.
14 Ga.
14 Ga.
14 Ga.
16
18
20
24
30
3
3
3
3716
3716
16S624
18S624
20S624
24S724
30S724
4 In.
4 In.
1
4 In.
1
4 In.
1
4 In.
14 Ga.
12 Ga.
12 Ga.
12 Ga.
12 Ga.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Cover
Bearing
Selection
The selection of bearing material for intermediate hangers is based on experience together with a knowledge of the characteristics of the material to be conveyed. By referring to the material characteristic tables, page 6 thru 14 the intermediate hanger bearing
selection can be made by viewing the Bearing Selection column. The bearing selection will be made from one of the following
types: B, L, S, H. The various bearing types available in the above categories can be selected from the following table.
Table 1-11
Hanger Bearing Selection
Bearing
Component
Groups
Recommended
Coupling Shaft
Material
Bearing Typos
Max. Recommended
Operating
Temperature
F
b
1.0
Ball
Standard
225 270
Bronze
Standard
300F
Martin
Bronze*
Graphite Bronze
Oil Impreg. Bronze
Oil Impreg. Wood
Nylatron
Nylon
Teflon
UHMW
Melamine (MCB)
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
850F
500F
200F
160F
250F
160F
250F
225F
250F
2.0
Martin
Hardened
500F
3.4
Hardened
Hardened or
Special
Special
500F
500F
4.4
Hard Iron*
Hard Iron
Hard Surfaced
Stellite
500F
*Sintered Metal. Self-lubricating.

OTHER TYPES OF COUPLING SHAFT MATERIALS
Various alloys, stainless steel, and other types of shafting can be furnished as required.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-21
Horsepower
Requirements
Horizontal Screw Conveyors
*Consult Factory for Inclined Conveyors or Screw Feeders
The horsepower required to operate a horizontal screw conveyor is based on proper installation, uniform and regular feed rate
to the conveyor and other design criteria as determined in this book.
The horsepower requirement is the total of the horsepower to overcome friction (HPf ) and the horsepower to transport the
material at the specified rate (HPm ) multiplied by the overload factor Fo and divided by the total drive efficiency e, or:
HPf =
LN Fd fb
HPm =
Total HP
= (Horsepower to run an empty conveyor)
1,000,000
CLW Ff Fm Fp
= (Horsepower to move the material)
1,000,000
(HPf +HPm )Fo
e
The following factors determine the horsepower requirement of a screw conveyor operating under the foregoing conditions.
L = Total length of conveyor, feet
N = Operating speed, RPM (revolutions per minute)
Fd = Conveyor diameter factor (See Table 1-12)
Fb = Hanger bearing factor (See Table 1-13)
C = Capacity in cubic feet per hour
W = Weight of material, lbs. per cubic foot
Ff = Flight factor (See Table 1-14)
Fm = Material factor (See Table 1-2)
Fp = Paddle factor, when required. (See Table 1-15)
Fo = Overload factor (See Table 1-16)
e = Drive efficiency (See Table 1-17)
Screw
Diameter
Inches
4
6
9
10
12
Table 1-12
Table 1-13
Conveyor Diameter Factor, Fd
Hanger Bearing Factor Fb
Factor
Fd
Screw
Diameter
Inches
Factor
Fd
12.0
18.0
31.0
37.0
55.0
14
16
18
20
24
78.0
106.0
135.0
165.0
235.0
Ball
Martin
30
300
Hanger Bearing
Factor Fb
Bearing Type
1.0
Bronze
2.0
*Graphite Bronze
*Melamine
*Oil Impreg. Bronze
*Oil Impreg. Wood
*Nylatron
*Nylon
*Teflon
*UHMW
2.0
Martin Hard Iron
3.4
*Hard Surfaced
*Stellite
4.4
*Non lubricated bearings, or bearings not additionally lubricated.
H-22
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Horsepower Factor
Tables
Table 1-14
Flight Factor, Ff
Ff Factor for Percent Conveyor Loading
Flight Type
Standard
Cut Flight
Cut & Folded Flight
Ribbon Flight
15%
30%
45%
95%
1.0
1.10
N.R.*
1.05
1.0
1.15
1.50
1.14
1.0
1.20
1.70
1.20
1.0
1.3
2.20
*Not Recommended
Table 1-15
Paddle Factor Fp
Standard Paddles per Pitch, Paddles Set at 45 Reverse Pitch
Number of Paddles
per Pitch
Paddle Factor Fp
1.0
1.29
1.58
1.87
2.16
Table 1-16
Fo Overload Factor
Horsepower HPf + HPm

For values of HPf + HPm greater than 5.2, Fo is 1.0
Trace the value of (HPf + HPm ) vertically to the diagonal line, then across to the left where the Fo value is listed.
Table 1-17
e Drive Efficiency Factor
Screw Drive or
Shaft Mount w/
V-Belt Drive
V-Belt to Helical
Gear and Coupling
Gearmotor w/
Coupling
Gearmotor w/
Chain Drive
Worm
Gear
.88
.87
.95
.87
Consult
Manufacturer
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-23
Horsepower
EXAMPLE: Horsepower Calculation (See page H-46 for sample worksheet)
PROBLEM: Convey 1,000 cubic feet per hour Brewers grain, spent wet, in a 25-0 long conveyor driven by a screw conveyor drive
with V-belts.
SOLUTION:
1. Refer to material characteristic table 1-2 for Brewers grain, spent wet and find:
A. wt/cf: 55 - 60
B. material code: C12 - 45T
Refer to table 1-1, material classification code chart where:
C12 = Fine 12 and under
4 = Sluggish
5 = Mildly abrasive
T = Mildly corrosive
C. Intermediate bearing selection: L or S
Refer to table 1-11 Bearing Selection, Find:
L = Bronze
S = Nylatron, Nylon, Teflon, Hi-density, Polyethylene, Graphite Bronze, Oil-impreg. Bronze, and oil-impreg. wood.
D. Material Factor: Fm = .8
E. Trough Loading: 30%A
Refer to Table 1-6 capacity table and find 30%A which shows the various capacities per RPM of the standard size screw conveyors and the maximum RPMs for those sizes.
2. From Table 1-6, Capacity table under 30%A note that a 12 screw will convey 1,160 cubic feet per hour at 90 RPM maximum,
therefore at 1 RPM a 12 screw will convey 12.9 cubic feet. For 1,000 CFH capacity at 12.9 CFH per RPM, the conveyor must
therefore run 78RPM (1000 12.9 = 77.52).
3. With the above information and factors from Tables 1-12 through 1-17 refer to the horsepower formulas on H-22 and calculate
the required horsepower to convey 1000 CF/H for 25 feet in a 12 conveyor.
Using the known factors find that:
L = 25
N = 78 RPM from step 2 above
Fd = 55 see Table 1-12, for 12
Fb = 2.0 see Table 1-13 for L
C = 1000 CFH
W = 60#/CF from step 1A
Ff = 1 see Table 1-14, standard 30%
Fp = 1 see Table 1-15
e = .88 see Table 1-17
4. Solve the following horsepower equations:

A. HPf = L N Fd Fb = 2578552.0 = 0.215
1,000,000
1,000,000
B. HPm = C L W Ff Fm Fp = 100025601.81 = 1.2

1,000,000
1,000,000
Find the Fo factor from 1-16; by adding HPf and HPm and matching this sum to the values on the chart.
C. HPf = (HPf + HPm ) ( Fo ) = (1.414) (1.9) = 3.05
e
.88
SOLUTION: 3.05 Horsepower is required to convey 1,000 CFH Brewers grain, spent wet in a 12 conveyor for 25 feet. A 5 H.P.
motor should be used.
H-24
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Torsional Ratings of
Conveyor Screw Parts
Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of torque that can be safely transmitted through the pipes,
couplings, and coupling bolts.
The table below combines the various torsional ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the torsional
ratings of all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.
Table 1-18
Coupling
Pipe
Couplings
Bolts
Sch. 40
Torque in Lbs.*
Shaft Dia.
In.
Size
In.
Torque
In. Lbs.
CEMA Std.
(C-1018)
Martin
Std.
(C-1045)
112
3,140
00,820
999
7,500
03,070
3,727
212
14,250
07,600
9,233
2716
23,100
15,090
18,247
312
32,100
28,370
34,427
43,000
28,370
34,427
3 16
43,300
42,550
51,568
Bolts in Bearing
in Lbs.
No. of Bolts Used

2
112
Bolts in Shear
in Lbs.
Bolt
Dia.
In.
No. of Bolts Used

3
1,380
2,070
1,970
3,660
5,490
5,000
2,955
7,500
7,600
11,400
7,860
11,790
09,270
13,900
11,640
17,460
16,400
24,600
15,540
23,310
16,400
24,600
25,000
37,500
25,600
38,400
21,800
32,700
Values shown are for A307-64, Grade 2 Bolts. Values for Grade 5 Bolts are above 2.5
*Values are for unheattreated shafts.
The lowest torsional rating figure for any given component will be the one that governs how much torque may be safely transmitted. For example, using standard unhardened two bolt coupling shafts, the limiting torsional strength of each part is indicated by
the underlined figures in Table 1-18.
Thus it can be seen that the shaft itself is the limiting factor on 1, 112 and 2 couplings. The bolts in shear are the limiting factors on the 2716 coupling and on the 3 coupling used in conjunction with 4 pipe. The bolts in bearing are the limiting factors for the
3 coupling used in conjunction with 312 pipe, and for the 3716 coupling.
Formula: Horsepower To Torque (In. Lbs.)
63,025iiHP
= Torque (In. Lbs.)
RPM
EXAMPLE: 12 Screw, 78 RPM, 5 Horsepower
63,025ii5
= 4,040 In. Lbs.
78
From the table above 2 shafts with 2 bolt drilling and 212 std. pipe are adequate (4,040 < 7600).
If the torque is greater than the values in the above table, such as in 2 couplings (torque > 7600), then hardened shafts can be
used as long as the torque is less than the value for hardened couplings (torque < 9500). If the torque is greater than the 2 bolt in
shear value but less than the 3 bolt in shear value then 3 bolt coupling can be used. The same applies with bolts in bearing. When
the transmitted torque is greater than the pipe size value, then larger pipe or heavier wall pipe may be used. Other solutions
include: high torque bolts to increase bolt in shear rating, external collars, or bolt pads welded to pipe to increase bolt in bearing
transmission. For solutions other than those outlined in the above table please consult our Engineering Department.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-25
Horsepower Ratings of
Conveyor Screw Parts
Screw conveyors are limited in overall design by the amount of horsepower that can be safely transmitted through the pipes,
couplings, and coupling bolts.
The table below combines the various horsepower ratings of bolts, couplings and pipes so that it is easy to compare the ratings
of all the stressed parts of standard conveyor screws.
Table 1-19
Coupling
Pipe
Couplings
Bolts
H.P. per R.P.M.

Shaft Dia.
In.
Size
In.
H.P. per
R.P.M.
CEMA Std.
(C-1018)
Martin
Std.
(C-1045)
Bolts in Shear
H.P. per R.P.M.
Bolt
Dia.
In.
Bolts in Bearing
H.P. per R.P.M.
No. of Bolts Used
No. of Bolts Used
.021
.032
.031
.046
.058
.087
.079
.119
.120
.180
.124
.187
.147
.220
.184
.277
.260
.390
.246
.369
.260
.390
.396
.595
.406
.609
.345
.518
114
.049
.013
.016
112
.119
.048
.058
212
.226
.120
.146
2716
.366
.239
.289
312
.509
.450
.546
.682
.450
.546
3716
.682
.675
.818
Values shown are for A307-64, Grade 2 Bolts.
The lowest horsepower rating figure for any given component will be the one that governs how much horsepower may be safely
transmitted. The limiting strength of each part is indicated by the underlined figures in the table above.
Formula: Horsepower To Horsepower @ 1 RPM
EXAMPLE: 12 Screw, 78 RPM, 5 Horsepower
5 HP
= 0.06 HP at 1 RPM
78 RPM
From the table above .038 is less than the lowest limiting factor for 2 couplings, so 2 standard couplings with 2 bolts may be
used. Solutions to limitations are the same as shown on H-25.
H-26
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Screw Conveyor End Thrust

Thermal Expansion
End thrust in a Screw Conveyor is created as a reaction to the forces required to move the material along the axis of the conveyor trough. Such a force is opposite in direction to the flow of material. A thrust bearing and sometimes reinforcement of the conveyor trough is required to resist thrust forces. Best performance can be expected if the conveyor end thrust bearing is placed so
that the rotating members are in tension; therefore, an end thrust bearing should be placed at the discharge end of a conveyor.
Placing an end thrust bearing assembly at the feed end of a conveyor places rotating members in compression which may have
undesirable effects, but this is sometimes necessary in locating equipment.
There are several methods of absorbing thrust forces, the most popular methods are:
1. Thrust washer assembly installed on the shaft between the pipe end and the trough end plate, or on the outside of the end
bearing.
2. Type E end thrust assembly, which is a Double Roller Bearing and shaft assembly.
3. Screw Conveyor Drive Unit, equipped with double roller bearing thrust bearings, to carry both thrust and radial loads.
Past experience has established that component selection to withstand end thrust is rarely a critical factor and thrust is not normally calculated for design purposes. Standard conveyor thrust components will absorb thrust without resorting to special design in
most applications.
Expansion of Screw Conveyors Handling Hot Materials

Screw conveyors often are employed to convey hot materials. It is therefore necessary to recognize that the conveyor will
increase in length as the temperature of the trough and screw increases when the hot material begins to be conveyed.
The recommended general practice is to provide supports for the trough which will allow movement of the trough end feet during
the trough expansion, and during the subsequent contraction when handling of the hot material ceases. The drive end of the conveyor usually is fixed, allowing the remainder of the trough to expand or contract. In the event there are intermediate inlets or discharge spouts that cannot move, the expansion type troughs are required.
Furthermore, the conveyor screw may expand or contract in length at different rates than the trough. Therefore, expansion
hangers are generally recommended. The trough end opposite the drive should incorporate an expansion type ball or roller bearing
or sleeve bearing which will safely provide sufficient movement.
The change in screw conveyor length may be determined from the following formula:
L = L (t1 - t2) C
Where: L = increment of change in length, inch
L = overall conveyor length in inches
t1 = upper limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit
t2 = limit of temperature, degrees Fahrenheit,
(or lowest ambient temperature expected)
C = coefficient of linear expansion, inches per inch per degree Fahrenheit. This coefficient has the following values for
various metals:
(a) Hot rolled carbon steel, 6.5106, (.0000065)
(b) Stainless steel,
9.9106, (.0000099)
(c) Aluminum,
12.8106, (.0000128)
EXAMPLE:
A carbon steel screw conveyor 30 feet overall length is subject to a rise in temperature of 200F, reaching a hot metal temperature of 260F from an original metal temperature of 60F.
t1 = 260
t1 - t2 = 200
t2 = 60
L = (30) (12) = 360
L = (360) (200) (6.5106)
= 0.468 inches, or about 1532 inches.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-27
Conveyor Screw
Deflection
When using conveyor screws of standard length, deflection is seldom a problem. However, if longer than standard sections of
screw are to be used, without intermediate hanger bearings, care should be taken to prevent the screw flights from contacting the
trough because of excessive deflection. The deflection at mid span may be calculated from the following formula.
D=
0000005WL3000000
384 (29,000,000) (I)
Where: D = Deflection at mid span in inches

W = Total screw weight in pounds, see pages 73-75
L = Screw length in inches
l
= Movement of intertia of pipe or shaft, see table 1-20 or 1-21
Table 1-20 Schedule 40 Pipe

Pipe
Size
212
312
10
.666
1.53
3.02
4.79
7.23
15.2
28.1
72.5
161
Table 1-21 Schedule 80 Pipe

Pipe
Size
212
312
10
.868
1.92
3.89
6.28
9.61
20.7
40.5
106
212
EXAMPLE: Determine the deflection of a 12H512 screw conveyor section mounted on 3 sch 40 pipe, overall length is 16-0.
W = 272#
L = 192
I = 3.02 (From chart above)
D=
0005 (272#) (1923)0000
= .29 inches
384 (29,000,000) (3.02)
Applications where the calculated deflection of the screw exceeds .25 inches ( 14) should be referred to our Engineering
Department for recommendations. Very often the problem of deflection can be solved by using a conveyor screw section with a
larger diameter pipe or a heavier wall pipe. Usually, larger pipe sizes tend to reduce deflection more effectively than heavier wall
pipe.
H-28
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Conveyor
Screw Deflection
Length of
Unsupported
Span Feet
Dummy
Scale
Deflection
Inches
Total Wt.
Pounds
Pipe
Size
sch 40
0.67
1.0
30
29
28
27
26
25
4000
3500
2/
3000
24
2.0
23
10.0
8
6
22
21
20
2500
2000
4
3
19
18
3.0
1500
4.0
17
1.0
3/
16
.6
.4
.3
15
14
6.0
900
800
.2
700
13
.1
12
.06
5.0
1000
7.0
8.0
9.0
600
10
500
12
11
400
.02
10
.01
15
300
20
9
250
25
200
6
30
I = Moment of inertia of pipe or shaft, see table 1-20 or 1-21
The above Nomograph can be used for a quick reference to check deflection of most conveyors.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-29
Inclined and
Vertical Screw Conveyors
Inclined screw conveyors have a greater horsepower requirement and a lower capacity rating than horizontal conveyors. The amounts of horsepower increase and capacity loss depend upon the angle of incline
and the characteristics of the material conveyed.
Inclined conveyors operate most efficiently when they are of tubular or shrouded cover design, and a minimum number of intermediate hanger bearings. Where possible, they should be operated at relatively high
speeds to help prevent fallback of the conveyed material.
Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendations and horsepower requirements for your
particular application.
Inclined
Screw
Conveyors
Vertical screw conveyors provide an efficient method of elevating

most materials that can be conveyed in horizontal screw conveyors.
Since vertical conveyors must be uniformly loaded in order to prevent
choking, they are usually designed with integral feeders.
As with horizontal conveyors, vertical screw conveyors are available
with many special features and accessories, including components of
stainless steel or other alloys.
Vertical
Screw
Conveyors
H-30
Consult our Engineering Department for design recommendations

and horsepower requirements for your particular application.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Screw
Feeders
Screw Feeders are designed to regulate the rate of material flow from a hopper or bin. The inlet is usually flooded with material
(95% loaded). One or more tapered or variable pitch screws convey the material at the required rate. Screw feeders are regularly
provided with shrouded or curved cover plates for a short distance beyond the end of the inlet opening, to obtain feed regulation. As
the pitch or diameter increases beyond the shroud the level of the material in the conveyor drops to normal loading levels. Longer
shrouds, extra short pitch screws and other modifications are occasionally required to reduce flushing of very free flowing material
along the feeder screw.
Feeders are made in two general types: Type 1 with regular pitch flighting and Type 2 with short pitch flighting. Both types are
also available with uniform diameter and tapering diameter screws. The various combinations are shown on pages H-32H-33.
Screw feeders with uniform screws, Types 1B, 1D, 2B, 2D are regularly used for handling fine free flowing materials. Since the
diameter of the screw is uniform, the feed of the material will be from the foreport of the inlet and not across the entire length. Where
hoppers, bins, tanks, etc. are to be completely emptied, or dead areas of material over the inlet are not objectionable, this type of
feeder is entirely satisfactory, as well as economical. Screw feeders with tapering diameter screws will readily handle materials containing a fair percentage of lumps. In addition, they are used extensively where it is necessary or desirable to draw the material uniformly across the entire length of the inlet opening to eliminate inert or dead areas of material at the forepart of the opening. Types
1A, 1C, 2A, and 2C fall into this category. Variable pitch screws can be used in place of tapering diameter screws for some applications. They consist of screws with succeeding sectional flights increasing progressively in pitch. The portion of the screw with the
smaller pitch is located under the inlet opening.
Screw feeders with extended screw conveyors are necessary when intermediate hangers are required, or when it is necessary
to convey the material for some distance. A screw conveyor of larger diameter than the feeder screw is combined with the feeder to
make the extension. See types 1C, 1D, 2C, 2D.
Multiple screw feeders are usually in flat bottom bins for discharging material which have a tendency to pack or bridge under
pressure. Frequently, the entire bin bottom is provided with these feeders which convey the material to collecting conveyors. Such
arrangements are commonly used for handling hogged fuel, wood shavings, etc.
Screw feeders are available in a variety of types to suit specific materials and applications. We recommend that you contact our
Engineering Department for design information.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-31
Screw Feeders
(For Inclined Applications Consult Factory)
Typical Type 1
Feeder
Type
Inlet
Opening
Material
Removal
Pitch
Feeder Screw
Diameter
Extended
Screw
SF1A
Standard
Uniform
Full Length of
Inlet Opening
Standard
Tapered
None
SF1B
Standard
Forepart
Only of
Inlet Opening
Standard
Uniform
None
SF1C
Standard
Uniform
Full Length of
Inlet Opening
Standard
Tapered
As Required
SF1D
Standard
Forepart
Only of
Inlet Opening
Standard
Uniform
As Required
SF1A
SF1B
SF1C
SF1D
Feeder
Diameter
A
Maximum
Lump
Size
Maximum
Speed
RPM
Capacity
Cubic Feet per Hour
Extended Screw Diameter F

B
At One
RPM
At Maximum
RPM
6
9
12
3
4
112
2
70
65
60
4.8
17
44
336
1105
2640
36
42
48
12
18
24
7
9
10
14
18
22
14
16
18
20
24
212
3
3
312
4
55
50
45
40
30
68
104
150
208
340
3740
5200
6750
8320
10200
54
56
58
60
64
28
32
36
40
48
11
1112
1218
1312
1612
24
28
31
34
40
Trough Loading %
15
30
45
12
18
24
9
14
18
9
12
16
20
24
18
20
24
*Consult factory if inlet exceeds these lengths.
H-32
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Screw Feeders
(For Inclined Applications Consult Factory)
Typical Type 2
Feeder
Type
Inlet
Opening
Material
Removal
Pitch
Feeder Screw
Diameter
Extended
Screw
SF2A
Long
Uniform
Full Length of
Inlet Opening
Short (23)
Tapered
None
SF2B
Long
Forepart
Only of
Inlet Opening
Short (23)
Uniform
None
SF2C
Long
Uniform
Full Length of
Inlet Opening
Short (23)
Tapered
As Required
SF2D
Long
Forepart
Only of
Inlet Opening
Short (23)
Uniform
As Required
SF2A
SF2B
SF2C
SF2D
Feeder
Diameter
A
6
9
12
14
16
18
20
24
Maximum
Lump
Size
Maximum
Speed
RPM
2
4
1
70
65
60
114
112
134
2
212
55
50
45
40
30
1
3
SEARCH
Capacity
Cubic Feet per Hour
Extended Screw Diameter F

B
At One
RPM
At Maximum
RPM
3.1
11
29
217
715
1740
60
66
72
18
26
36
7
9
10
2420
3400
4455
5480
6720
76
78
80
82
86
42
48
54
60
72
11
1112
1218
1312
1612
44
68
99
137
224
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
Trough Loading %
15
30
45
14
18
22
10
14
20
9
12
16
9
10
14
24
28
31
34
40
24
18
20
24
16
18
20
24
INDEX
H-33
Design and
Layout
SECTION II
DESIGN AND LAYOUT SECTION II
Classification of Enclosure Types.................................................................................................................................................H-34
Hand of Conveyors.......................................................................................................................................................................H-36
Classification of Special Continuous Weld Finishes.....................................................................................................................H-37
Detailing of U Trough .................................................................................................................................................................H-38
Detailing of Tubular Trough ..........................................................................................................................................................H-39
Detailing of Trough and Discharge Flanges .................................................................................................................................H-40
Bolt Tables....................................................................................................................................................................................H-42
Pipe Sizes and Weights ...............................................................................................................................................................H-44
Screw Conveyor Drive Arrangements ..........................................................................................................................................H-45
Screw Conveyor Sample Worksheet............................................................................................................................................H-46
Standards Helicoid Screw ............................................................................................................................................................H-47
Standards Buttweld Screw ...........................................................................................................................................................H-48
Classes of Enclosures
Conveyors can be designed to protect the material being handled from a hazardous surrounding or to protect the surroundings
from a hazardous material being conveyed.
This section establishes recommended classes of construction for conveyor enclosures without regard to their end use or
application. These several classes call for specific things to be done to a standard conveyor housing to provide several degrees of
enclosure protection.
Enclosure Classifications
Class IE Class IE enclosures are those provided primarily for the protection of operating personnel or equipment, or where the
enclosure forms an integral or functional part of the conveyor or structure. They are generally used where dust control
is not a factor or where protection for, or against, the material being handled is not necessary although as conveyor enclosures a certain amount or protection is afforded.
Class IIE Class IIE enclosures employ constructions which provide some measure of protection against dust or for, or against,
the material being handled.
Class IIIE Class IIIE enclosures employ constructions which provide a higher degree of protection in these classes against dust,
and for or against the material being handled.
Class IVE Class IVE enclosures are for outdoor applications and under normal circumstances provide for the exclusion of water
from the inside of the casing. They are not to be construed as being water-tight, as this may not always be the case.
When more than one method of fabrication is shown, either is acceptable.
H-34
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Enclosures
Enclosure Construction
Enclosure Classifications
Component Classification
A. TROUGH CONSTRUCTION
Formed & Angle Top Flange
1. Plate type end flange
a. Continuous arc weld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
b. Continuous arc weld on top of end flange and trough top rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Trough Top Rail Angles
(Angle Top trough only)
a. Staggered intermittent arc and spot weld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
b. Continuous arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent arc weld on
lower leg of angle to outside of trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
c. Staggered intermittent arc weld on top leg of angle on inside of trough and intermittent
arc weld on lower leg of angle to outside of trough, or spot weld when mastic is used
between leg of angle and trough sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B. COVER CONSTRUCTION
1. Plain flat
a. Only butted when hanger is at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
b. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Semi-Flanged
b. Lapped when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
c. With buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Flanged
b. Buttstrap when hanger is not at cover joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Hip Roof
a. Ends with a buttstrap connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C. COVER FASTENERS FOR STANDARD GA. COVERS
1. Spring, screw or toggle clamp fasteners or bolted construction*
a. Max. spacing plain flat covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
b. Max. spacing semi-flanged covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
c. Max. spacing flanged and hip-roof covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IE
II E
III E
IV E
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
60
60
D. GASKETS
1. Covers
a. Red rubber or felt up to 230 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
b. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
c. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Trough End flanges
a. Mastic type compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
b. Red rubber up to 230 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
c. Neoprene rubber, when contamination is a problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
d. Closed cell foam type elastic material to suit temperature rating of gasket . . . . . . . . . . .
E. TROUGH END SHAFT SEALS*
1. When handling non-abrasive materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. When handling abrasive materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
40
18
24
18
24
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
*Lip type seals for non-abrasive materials

Felt type for mildly abrasive materials
Waste type for highly abrasive materials
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-35
Hand
Conveyors
Left Hand
Right Hand
Right and Left Hand Screws

A conveyor screw is either right hand or left hand depending on the form of the helix. The hand of the screw is easily determined
by looking at the end of the screw.
The screw pictured to the left has the flight helix wrapped around the pipe in a counter-clockwise direction, or to your left. Same
as left hand threads on a bolt. This is arbitrarily termed a LEFT hand screw.
The screw pictured to the right has the flight helix wrapped around the pipe in a clockwise direction, or to your right. Same as
right hand threads on a bolt. This is termed a RIGHT hand screw.
A conveyor screw viewed from either end will show the same configuration. If the end of the conveyor screw is not readily visible,
then by merely imagining that the flighting has been cut, with the cut end exposed, the hand of the screw may be easily determined.
Conveyor Screw Rotation

Flow
Flow
C.W.
Rotation
C.C.W.
Rotation
Left Hand
Right Hand
The above diagrams are a simple means of determining screw rotation. When the material flow is in the direction away from the
end being viewed, a R.H. screw will turn counter clockwise and a L.H. screw will turn clockwise rotation as shown by the arrows.
H-36
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Conveyor Screw
Rotation
RIGHT
RIGHT
HAND
LEFT
HAND
RIGHT
LEFT
HAND
RIGHT
HAND
HAND
HAND
LEFT
HAND
LEFT
HAND
The above diagram indicates the hand of conveyor screw to use when direction of rotation and material flow are known.
Special Screw Conveyor Continuous Weld Finishes

Specifications on screw conveyor occasionally include the term grind smooth when referring to the finish on continuous welds.
This specification is usually used for stainless steel, but occasionally it will appear in carbon steel specifications as well.
Grind smooth is a general term and subject to various interpretations. This Table establishes recommended classes of
finishes, which should be used to help find the class required for an application.
Class of Finish
Operation
Weld spatter and slag removed

Rough grind welds to remove heavy weld ripple or unusual roughness
(Equivalent to a 40-50 grit finish)
II
III
IV
Medium grind welds leaving some pits and crevices

Fine grind welds no pits or crevices permissible

Polish to a bright uniform finish
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-37
Layout
Trough
Hanger Bearing Centers
Std. Length Conveyor Screw
(Min.)
Standard Housing Length

G
(Min.)
A
Screw
Diameter
B
Coupling
Diameter
C
Length
D
Length
G
(Min.)
412
9-1012
10
112
1 2
9-10
10
112
2
9-10
10
10
112
2
9-10
10
12
2
2716
3
11-10
11-9
11-9
12
2
3
3
14
2716
3
11-9
12
16
11-9
12
11-9
3716
11-8
11-9
18
24
3 16
11-8
3716
11-8
358
458
334
534
1716
13
16
4 2
5 8
8 8
112
1516
618
7 78
718
10
938
158
112
1916
638
878
7 78
11
912
134
134
1012
138
734
958
878
13
1214
158
1112
138
914
10 78
1018
15
1312
158
1312
134
10 58
12
1118
17
1478
212
1412
134
1218
1338
1238
19
16
212
1512
1312
15
1338
21
1914
212
214
1712
214
1612
1818
1538
25
20
212
212
4
3
12
3
12
20
4
12
Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E
Typical Method of Detailing

9 2 25-0 Conveyor
Total Cover Length

Cover Lengths
(Typ.)
9TCP16 Covers
9CH2264-MHI Hangers (Typ.)
CC4H Couplings
Hanger Spacings
Conveyor Lengths
Bare Pipe
9S412-R Screws
Thrust Bearing
Drive Shaft
Seal
Tail Shaft
Ball Bearing
Seal
9CTF10 Troughs
Spout Spacing
Housing Lengths
Total Length
H-38
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Layout
Tubular Housing
Std. Length Conveyor Screw
Hanger Bearing Centers
(Min.)
(Bare Pipe)
(Min.)
Standard Housing Length

A
Screw
Dia.
B
Coupling
Dia.
C
Length
D
Length
G
(Min.)
412
9-1012
10
112
1 2
9-10
10
112
2
9-10
10
10
112
2
9-10
10
12
2
2716
3
11-10
11-9
11-9
12
2
3
3
14
2716
3
11-9
12
16
11-9
12
11-9
3716
11-8
11-9
18
24
3 16
11-8
3716
11-8
358
458
334
534
1716
13
16
4 2
5 8
8 8
112
1516
618
7 78
718
10
938
158
112
1916
638
878
7 78
11
912
134
134
1012
138
734
958
878
13
1214
158
1112
138
914
10 78
1018
15
1312
158
1312
134
10 58
12
1118
17
1478
212
1412
134
1218
1338
1238
19
16
212
1512
1312
15
1338
21
1914
212
214
1712
214
1612
1818
1538
25
20
212
212
4
3
12
3
12
20
4
12
Screw clearance at trough end is one half of dimension E
Typical Method of Detailing

9 2 15-0 Conveyor
9CH2264 MHI Hanger
Hanger Spacings
Conveyor Lengths
Bare Pipe
9S412-R Screws
Thrust Bearing
Drive Shaft
Seal
Tail Shaft
Ball Bearing
Seal
9CHT10 Troughs
Spout Spacing
Housing Lengths
Total Length
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-39
Bolt Patterns
U-Trough End Flanges
6 Bolts
8 Bolts
10 Bolts
12 Bolts
Bolts
Screw
Diameter
Number
Diameter
358
118
318
318
318
878
412
1132
418
4116
4116
12 2
6 8
1 16
4 8
3 4
518
418
1314
638
214
312
4316
5116
418
1578
734
112
5516
4116
734
5316
1778
914
21732
558
51516
51516
20
1058
258
638
658
712
658
22
1218
22332
51516
578
578
578
578
2438
1312
22532
614
61116
61116
61116
61116
2812
1612
22532
618
658
658
658
658
658
10
12
14
16
18
10
20
10
24
12
Flared Trough End Flanges

C/L Screw
C/L Screw
C/L Screw
C/L Screw
6 Bolts
Screw
Diameter
Inches
H-40
C/L Screw
C/L Screw
8 Bolts
Bolts
Diameter
Number
12
14
16
18
20
24
C/L Screw
C/L Screw
10 Bolts
Holes
12 Bolts
Inches
4716
7316
12732
514
514
2132
6 4
21
9 32
43
1 64
2916
71516
10
111316
11316
534
534
378
534
10
81516
11
124964
2116
518
518
518
518
10
10
1112
141116
21564
512
512
334
512
512
10
11
12 8
16
2 8
6 16
6 16
15
2 16
6 16
6316
10
12316
1312
1778
2932
31132
12
1414
1612
206164
2516
678
678
3516
678
678
678
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Bolt Patterns
Tubular Housing Flanges
6 bolts
10 bolts
8 bolts
12 bolts
Intake & Discharge Flanges
12 bolts
Screw
Size
20 bolts
Flange Bolts
Tubular X
Discharge Y
214
214
6--38
12--14
8-- 8
12-- 8
8 8
2 16
8--38
12--38
10
1178
10
8--38
12--38
11
1314
4516
438
12
8-- 2
12-- 8
13
15
5 8
5 4
14
8--12
20--38
15
17
312
312
312
16
8--58
20--38
17
1912
334
18
10--58
20--12
19
22
4716
438
20
10--58
20--12
21
2438
478
24
12--58
20--12
25
2812
558
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
13
NEXT
712
16
10
13
1414
1714
1914
2114
438
118
2414
434
434
118
2614
558
512
118
3014
INDEX
11
H-41
H-42
SEARCH
6-38 1
8-38 1
6-38 1
6-38 1
Flange, Trough
Flange, Tubular Housing
EXIT
6-38 1
2-38 1
8-38 1
2-38 1
6-38 1
Outside Type
Outside Discharge
Ends, Tubular Housing
8- 8 1
4- 8 1 4
4- 8 1 4
PREVIOUS
10- 16 4
NEXT
INDEX
All bolts hex head cap screws with hex nuts, and lock washers.
10-38 1
10-38 1
Flange w/Slide
8-38 112
12-38 1
12-38 1
Flange
Attaching Bolts
8-38 112
2-14 1
2-14 1
Saddle
Spouts, Discharge
2-38 114
2-38 114
Flanged Feet
Saddle Feet
10- 16 4
Covers, Trough (Std. 10 ft.)
Style 326
3
4-38 1
4-14 1
5
4-38 1
4-14 1
Style 316
10-38 1
12-38 1
8-38 112
2-38 1
2-38 114
10- 16 4
5
4-38 1
4-38 1
4-38 114
4-38 1
4-38 114
4-38 1
4-14 1
Style 226
Style 230
Style 220
4-38 1
4-38 1
4-14 1
Style 216
4-38 114
4-38 1
3
2-12 2
2-12 2
Style 70
8-38 1
4-38 1
8-38 1
4-38 1
8-38 1
8-38 1
8-38 1
4- 8 1 4
1
10-38 1
12-38 1
8-38 112
2-38 1
2-38 114
10- 16 4
5
4-38 1
4-38 1
4-38 1
4-38 114
4-38 1
4-38 114
2-12 2
8-38 1
4-38 1
8-38 1
8- 8 1
3
4-38 1
8-38 1
8-38 1
8-38 1
10
10-38 1
12-38 1
8-38 112
2-12 114
2-12 112
10 - 16 4
5
4-12 114
4-12 112
4-12 114
4-12 112
4-12 114
4- 2 1 2
1
4-12 112
2-12 212
8-12 114
4-12 114
8-12 114
10- 2 1
1
4-12 1
8-12 1
8-12 114
8-12 114
12
Bolt Requirements Related to Conveyor Trough Sizes
Style 60
Hanger, Trough
6- 16 4
6-38 1
5- 4 4
5
Inside Rectangular
2-516 34
2-14 34
Inside Discharge
1
6-516 34
6-14 34
Inside
Ends, Trough
Notes
Part Name
14
16-38 1
20-38 1
12-38 112
2-12 114
2-12 112
10- 16 4
5
4-12 114
4-12 114
4-12 112
4-12 112
4-12 112
4- 2 1 2
1
4-12 112
2-12 212
8-12 114
4-12 114
8-12 114
11- 2 1 4
1
4-12 114
8-12 114
8-12 114
8-12 114
16
16-38 1
20-38 1
12-38 112
2-12 114
2-58 134
10- 16 4
5
4-12 114
4-12 114
4-12 112
4-12 112
4-12 112
4- 2 1 2
1
4-12 112
2-58 234
8-58 112
4-58 112
8-58 112
12- 8 1 4
5
4-58 114
8-58 114
8-58 112
8-58 112
18
16-12 114
20-12 1
12-12 112
2-58 114
2-58 134
10 - 16 4
5
5-58 112
4-58 112
4-58 134
4-58 134
4-58 134
4- 8 1 4
5
4-12 134
2-58 234
10-58 112
4-58 112
10-58 112
12- 8 1 4
5
4-58 112
10-58 114
10-58 112
10-58 112
20
16-12 114
20-12 1
12-12 112
2-58 114
2-58 134
10 - 16 4
5
4-58 112
4-58 112
4-58 134
4-58 2
4-58 134
4-58 2
4-58 2
2-58 234
10-58 112
4-58 112
10-58 112
12- 8 1 2
5
4-58 112
10-58 112
10-58 112
10-58 112
24
16-12 114
20-12 1
12-12 112
2-58 114
2-58 134
10-516 34
4-58 112
4-58 112
4-58 134
4-58 212
4-58 134
4-58 212
12-58 112
6-58 112
12-58 112
12-58 112
6-58 112
12-58 112
12-58 112
12-58 112
Bolt Requirements
SEARCH
4- 2 2 4
4- 2 2
EXIT
2-58 212
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
2-12 112
4- 8 3 2
4-12 4
212 112
4 2 3 4
412 334
Split Gland
Waste Pack, w/Ball or Bronze
Waste Pack, w/Roller
*See page H-79 for special coupling bolts.

All other bolts hex head cap screws with hex nuts, and lock washers.
4- 2 2 4
4 2 2 2
Plate w/Roller
1
4-58 214
412 2
Plate w/Ball or Bronze
8 358
4-58 112
2 3
4-12 234
412 112
8 2116
4-12 234
Flanged Gland
Seals, Shafts
Coupling Bolts
Type E Roller
Bearings, Thrust
2-12 214
Pillow Block, Roller
2- 8 2 2
2- 2 2 4
1
2- 8 1 4
3
Pillow Block Ball

3
2-58 2
2-12 134
2-38 112
Pillow Block Bronze
Flanged Roller
4-58 112
4-12 112
4-38 114
Flanged Ball
4- 8 1 4
5
3-58 112
4- 2 1 2
1
4- 8 1 4
1
Flanged Bronze
1
3-12 112
3-38 114
Discharge Ball
3-58 134
3-12 112
112
Bolt Requirements Related to Shaft Coupling Sizes
3-38 114
Discharge Bronze
Bearings, End
Part Name
4-58 4
4- 8 3 4
5
2-58 134
4- 8 3
5
4-58 214
4-58 112
8 438
5
4-58 314
2-58 234
2- 8 2 4
5
2-58 214
4- 8 2 2
5
4-58 134
4- 8 1 4
5
3-58 134
3-58 134
2716
4-34 414
4- 4 4
3
2-58 134
4- 4 3 4
3
4-34 234
4-34 112
4 512-4 Pipe
4 5-312 Pipe
3
4-34 312
2-34 3
2- 4 3 2
3
2-34 212
4- 4 2 4
3
4-34 2
4- 4 2
3
3-34 2
3-34 2
4-34 412
4-34 334
2-34 214
4-34 312
4-34 3
4-34 134
8 512
7
4-34 334
2-78 312
2-78 334
2-78 234
4-34 314
4-34 214
4-34 214
3-34 214
3-34 214
3716
Bolt Requirements
H-43
Pipe Sizes, Dimensions

and Weights
Nominal
Pipe Size
Inches
Outside
Diameter
Inches
I.P.S. Schedule
.405
Inside
Diameter
Inches
Wall
Inches
Wt./Ft.
Pounds
40
80
10S
40S Est
80S Ex. Hvy.
.049
.068
.095
.307
.269
.215
.1863
.2447
.3145
40
80
10S
40S Est.
80S Ex. Hvy.
.065
.088
.119
.410
.364
.302
.3297
.4248
.5351
40
80
10S
40S Std.
80S Ex. Hvy.
.065
.091
.126
.545
.493
.423
.4235
.5676
.7388
5S
10S
40S Est.
80S Ex. Hvy.
.065
.083
.109
.147
.187
.294
.710
.674
.622
.546
.466
.252
.5383
.6710
.8510
1.088
1.304
1.714
.540
Nominal
Pipe Size
Inches
.675
.840
40
80
160
XX Hvy.
3.500
4.000
40
80
Wall
Inches
I.P.S. Schedule
40
80
160
312
8
Outside
Diameter
Inches
4.500
40
80
120
160
1.050
40
80
160
5S
10S
40S Std.
80S Ex. Hvy.
XX Hvy.
.065
.083
.113
.154
.218
.308
.920
.884
.824
.742
.614
.434
.6838
.8572
1.131
1.474
1.937
2.441
.065
.109
.133
.179
.250
.358
1.185
1.097
1.049
.957
.815
.599
.8678
1.404
1.679
2.172
2.844
3.659
.065
.109
.140
.191
.250
.382
1.530
1.442
1.380
1.278
1.160
.896
1.107
1.806
2.273
2.997
3.765
5.214
.065
.109
.145
.200
.281
.400
1.770
1.682
1.610
1.500
1.338
1.100
1.274
2.085
2.718
3.631
4.859
6.408
5.563
40
80
120
160
.083
.120
.216
.300
.438
3.334
3.260
3.068
2.900
2.624
3.029
4.332
7.576
10.25
14.32
XX Hvy.
.600
2.300
18.58
5S
10S
40S Std.
80S Ex. Hvy.
.083
.120
.226
.318
3.834
3.760
3.548
3.364
3.472
4.973
9.109
12.50
5S
10S
40S Est.
80S Ex. Hvy.
.083
.120
.237
.337
.438
.531
.674
4.334
4.260
4.026
3.826
3.624
3.438
3.152
3.915
5.613
10.79
14.98
19.00
22.51
27.54
.109
.134
.258
.375
.500
.625
.750
5.345
5.295
5.047
4.813
4.563
4.313
4.063
6.349
7.770
14.62
20.78
27.04
32.96
38.55
.109
.134
.280
.432
.562
.718
.864
6.407
6.357
6.065
5.761
5.491
5.189
4.897
7.585
9.289
18.97
28.57
36.39
45.30
53.16
.109
.148
.250
.277
.322
.406
.500
.593
.718
.812
.875
.906
8.407
8.329
8.125
8.071
7.981
7.813
7.625
7.439
7.189
7.001
6.875
6.813
9.914
13.40
22.36
24.70
28.55
35.64
43.39
50.87
60.63
67.76
72.42
74.69
.134
.165
.250
.307
.365
.500
.593
.718
.843
1.000
1.125
10.482
10.420
10.250
10.136
10.020
9.750
9.564
9.224
9.064
8.750
8.500
5S
10S
40S Est.
80S Ex. Hvy.
XX Hvy.
1.315
40
80
160
5S
10S
40S Std.
80S Ex. Hvy.
XX Hvy.
114
1.660
40
80
160
5S
10S
40S Std.
80S Ex. Hvy.
XX Hvy.
112
1.900
40
80
160
5S
10S
40S Std.
80S Ex. Hvy.
XX Hvy.
6.625
40
80
120
160
5S
10S
40S Std.
80S Ex. Hvy.
XX Hvy.
8.625
5S
10S
20
30
40
60
80
100
120
140
40S Est.
80S Ex. Hvy.
XX Hvy.
160
2.375
40
80
160
5S
10S
40S Std.
80S Ex. Hvy.
XX Hvy.
212
2.875
40
80
160
5S
10S
40S Std.
80S Ex. Hvy.
XX Hvy.
NOTE:
Weights shown are in pounds per foot, based
on the average wall of the pipe. The following
formula was used in calculating the weight
per foot.
H-44
SEARCH
.065
.109
.154
.218
.343
.436
2.245
2.157
2.067
1.939
1.689
1.503
1.604
2.638
3.653
5.022
7.444
9.029
.083
.120
.203
.276
.375
.552
2.709
2.635
2.469
2.323
2.125
1.771
2.475
3.531
5.793
7.661
10.01
13.69
W=
W=
D =
t=
10
10.750
5S
10S
20
30
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
10.68 (D t)t
Weight in pounds per foot (to 4 digits)
Outside Diameter in inches (to 3 decimal places)
Wall thickness in decimals (to 3 decimal places)
EXIT
PREVIOUS
Wt./Ft.
Pounds
5S
10S
40S Est.
80S Ex. Hvy.
XX Hvy.
3
Inside
Diameter
Inches
40S Std.
80S Ex. Hvy.
15.19
18.70
28.04
34.24
40.48
54.74
64.33
76.93
89.20
104.1
115.7
All weights are carried to four digits only, the fifth

digit being carried forward if five or over, or dropped
if under five.
NEXT
INDEX
Typical Drive
Arrangements
The most common types of drives for Screw Conveyors are illustrated below.
In addition to those shown, other types availble are: variable speed drives, hydraulic drives, and take-off drives for connection
to other equipment.
For special drive requirements, consult our Engineering Department.
Reducer mounts on trough end, and is directly connected to the conveyor screw and includes integral
thrust bearing, seal gland, and drive shaft. Motor
mount may be positioned at top, either side, or
below. Separate drive shaft, end bearing, and seal
are not required.
Screw
Driver
Reducer
(Side View)
Reducer mounts on conveyor drive shaft. Motor and

V-Belt drive may be in any convenient location.
The torque arm may be fastened to the floor, or fitted
to trough end. Requires extended drive shaft.
Shaft
Mounted
Reducer
(End View)
Integral motor-reducer with chain drive to conveyor

drive shaft. Usually mounted to top of trough by
means of an adapter plate.
Gearmotor
Drive
(Side View)
Motor direct-coupled to base type reducer, with

chain drive to conveyor drive shaft. Usually mounted
on floor or platform as close as possible to conveyor.
Base Type
Reducer
Drive
(Top View)
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-45
Sample
Work Sheet
Client: ________________________________________
Date Quote Due:__________________________________
Conveyor No.:__________________________________
Inquiry No.: ______________________________________
Table 1-2
_______ Dia. Length
L = _______________________
Recommended % Trough Loading: ___________________
Material: ______________________________________
Materal HP Factor: FM = __________________________
Capacity:______________________________________
Component Series: ________________________________
Density: W = ____________________________ Lbs/Ft3
Intermediate Hanger Bearing Series: __________________
Lumps: Max. Size ___________ in. Class (I) (II) (III) ____
Notes: __________________________________________
CFH
= TPH x 2000
CFH
= Pounds per Hour
Required Capacity = C = ___________ CFH (cubic feet per hour)
CFH = Bushels per Hour 1.24
W
Tables 1-3, 1-4, 1-5
Equivalent
Reqd Capacity
Capacity
__________
CF1
__________
CF2
__________
CF3
__________
Equivalent
__________ CFH
Capacity
Table 1-6
Screw Diameter = ___________________Select Diameter from at max RPM column where capacity listed equals or exceeds equivalent capacity
Equivalent Capacity
Capacity at one RPM for diameter selected
Screw RPM = N = ____________ =

Table 1-7
Check lump size and lump class for diameter selected. If larger screw diameter recommended, recalculate RPM per instructions above for selected diameter.
Tables 1-12, 1-13, 1-14, 1-15, 1-16, 1-17
Values to be substituted in formula: ______
______
______
______
______
Fb
Ff
Fp
Fd
L
HPf = (
)(
Fd
)(
)(
Fb
) = ____________
NOTE: Consult factory

for feeder
horsepower
0000000001,000,0000000000
HPm = (
)(
)(
)(
Ff
)(
Fm
)(
Fp
) = ____________
00000000000001,000,0000000000000000000
If HPf + HPm is less than 5.2, select overload factor FO = __________ (If HPf + HPm is greater than 5.2, FO = 1.0)
Total HP = (HPf + HPm) Fo =____________________________ = ____________
e
DRIVE:
Use ____________ HP motor with AGMA Class (I) (II) (III) Drive at _____________________ Screw RPM
Tables 1-18, 1-19
Torque = Motor HP0063,025 =_______________ in.-lbs.

Screw RPM
List Minimum Size: Shaft Dia. ____________ Pipe ____________ Bolt/Shear ____________ Bolt/Bearing ____________
Tables 1-8, 1-9, 1-10, 1-11
Select Components:
Trough ___________ Screw ___________ Hanger Style ___________ Hanger Bearing ___________ Cover ___________
H-46
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
CEMA
Standards
Helicoid Screw Conveyors
C
Pitch
tolerance
B
Thickness
at edges
Flighting fitted snug to

pipe with intermediate welds
F
G
H Bolt hole
End lugs used on all sizes

except 4 dia. conveyor
A
Diameter
tolerance
D
Barreno
Length
Listed
Screw
Diameter
and
Pitch
Coupling
Diameter
Size
Designation
Pipe
Size
Schedule
40
4H206
114
1 2
6H304
112
+0
116
A
Length
Feet
and
Inches
B
Thickness
Diameter
Tolerance
Inner
Edge
Plus
Minus
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
9-1012
9-10
6H308
9-10
112
6H312
9-10
112
9H306
9-10
112
9H312
9-10
9H406
212
9-10
9H412
212
9-10
9H414
212
9-10
10
112
10H306
9-10
10
10H412
212
9-10
12
12H408
212
11-10
12
12H412
212
11-10
12
2716
12H508
11-9
12
2716
12H512
11-9
12
12H614
312
11-9
14
2716
14H508
11-9
14
14H614
312
11-9
16
16H610
312
11-9
16
16H614
11-9
Outer
Edge
16
16
16
16
16
4
8
16
16
16
16
Pitch
Tolerance
Bushing Bore
Inside Diameter
Plus
32
16
16
32
16
32
16
32
32
16
Minus
Spacing
1st Bolt
Hole
Centers
2nd Bolt
Hole
Nominal
Bolt
Hole
Size
13
17
17
17
17
17
21
21
21
17
21
21
21
16
21
16
21
25
16
21
Minimum
Maximum
1.005
1.016
1.505
1.516
1.505
1.516
1.505
1.516
1.505
1.516
1.505
1.516
2.005
2.016
2.005
2.016
2.005
2.016
1.505
1.516
2.005
2.016
2.005
2.016
2.005
2.016
2.443
2.458
15
2.443
2.458
15
3.005
3.025
2.443
2.458
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
16
16
32
32
32
112
32
112
15
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
NOTE: Alll dimensions in inches.
Screw
Diameter
Line
Right Angle Bend
5
ately
roxim
App
es
pac
al S
Equ
Bend
Cut Flight/Cut & Folded Flight Conveyors
Depth of cut C is one half the flight width for normal

maximum pipe size. Lengths A and B are calculated from the developed O.D. for standard pitch.
Carrying Side
Omit First
Two Cuts
5 Cuts Per
Pitch
138
112
218
112
10
3 38
214
134
12
234
14
458
318
212
16
514
312
18
378
338
20
6 58
414
378
24
7 78
478
478
Carrying Side
Omit First Two Cuts
SEARCH
5 Cuts
Per Pitch
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-47
CEMA
Standards
Sectional Screw Conveyors
C
Pitch
tolerance
B
Thickness
of Butt Welded
Flight
Flighting fitted snug to

pipe with intermediate welds
F
A
Diameter
tolerance
Length
Cplng.
Dia.
Size
Designation
Pipe
Size
Schedule
40
112
6S312
9-10
1 2
9S312
9-10
9S412
212
9-10
9S416
212
9-10
10S412
212
9-10
12S412
212
11-10
2716
12S512
11-9
2716
12S516
11-9
12S616
312
11-9
12S624
312
11-9
2716
14S512
11-9
14S616
312
11-9
14S624
312
11-9
16S612
312
11-9
16S616
312
11-9
16S624
312
11-9
16S632
312
11-9
18S612
312
11-9
18S616
312
11-9
18S624
312
11-9
18S632
312
11-9
20S612
312
11-9
20S616
312
11-9
20S624
312
11-9
3716
24S712
11-8
3716
24S716
11-8
3716
24S724
11-8
3716
24S732
11-8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
D
Barreno
+0
116
Listed
Screw
Diameter
and
Pitch
G
H Bolt hole
End lugs on 6 through 16

sizes. On 18, 20 and 24,
end welds or end lugs used
according to manufacturer s
standards.
Length
Feet
and
Inches
Diameter
Tolerance
Plus
Flight
Thickness
Minus
16
16
16
16
16
8
8
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Pitch
Tolerance
Bushing Bore
Inside Diameter
Plus
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Minus
Minimum
Maximum
1.505
1.516
1.505
1.516
2.005
2.016
2.005
2.016
2.005
2.016
2.005
2.016
2.443
2.458
15
2.443
2.458
15
3.005
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
Centers
2nd Bolt
Hole
Nominal
Bolt
Hole
Size
17
17
21
21
21
21
16
21
16
21
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
2.443
2.458
16
21
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
3.005
3.025
25
3.443
3.467
112
29
3.443
3.467
112
29
3.443
3.467
112
29
3.443
3.467
112
29
NOTE: All dimensions in inches.
H-48
Spacing
1st Bolt
Hole
NEXT
INDEX
15
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
Components
SECTION III
COMPONENT SECTION III
PAGE
Component Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-50

Trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-52
Discharges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-55
Trough Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-60
Saddles and Feet/Trough End Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-66
End Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-67
Thrust Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-68
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-69
Conveyor Screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-71
Coupling Bolts, Internal Collars and Lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-79
Shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-80
Hangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-84
Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-91
Cover Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H-92
SEE PRICE LIST FOR ITEMS CARRIED

IN STOCK
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-49
Component
Selection
Required Information
Conveyor Trough and Tubular Housing

Standard trough and housing sections are available in five,
six, ten and 12 foot lengths. Standard five and six foot lengths
should be used when connecting flanges coincide with discharge openings or hanger bearings.
Screw diameter
Shaft diameter
Material component group
Unusual material characteristics
Shafts
Conveyor Screws
Standard length conveyor screws should be used whenever
possible to reduce the number of hanger bearings required.
The recommended screws listed in the Component Series
Table are standard helicoid and sectional screw conveyors. The
use of helicoid or sectional conveyors is largely a matter of individual preference.
Right hand screw conveyors pull material toward the end which
is being rotated in a clockwise direction. If the rotation is
reversed (counterclockwise), the material is pushed away from
that end.
In left hand screw conveyors, the material flow is opposite to
that of right hand screws, the direction of rotation being
unchanged.
To determine hand of screw see pages H-36 and H-37.
The material is carried on one face of the conveyor flighting in
conveyors which are required to transport material in one direction, therefore, conveyor end lugs are located on the opposite
face to facilitate unimpeded flow of the material. Conveyor sections must be installed in such a manner that all end lugs are
toward the inlet end of the conveyor. Conveyor sections must
not be turned end for end without reversing the direction of rotation, or conversely, the direction of rotation must not be reversed
without turning the conveyor sections end for end.
Requirements for reversible conveyor screws intended for
material transport in either direction should be referred to our
Engineering Department.
Flighting should be omitted from the conveyor pipe over the last
discharge opening to ensure complete discharge of material
without carryover.
Continuity of material flow at hanger points is accomplished by
opposing adjacent flight ends approximately 180 degrees. (As
close to 180 as the pre drilled holes will allow.)
H-50
SEARCH
EXIT
The primary consideration in determining the type and size of

coupling and drive shafts is whether the shafts selected are
adequate to transmit the horsepower required, including any
overload. Normally, cold-rolled shafts are adequate. However,
high-tensile shafts may be required due to torque limitations.
Also, stainless steel shafts may be necessary when corrosive
or contaminable materials are to be handled. Conveyors
equipped with non-lubricated hard iron hanger bearings
require hardened coupling shafts. Specific shaft size determination is covered in the Torsional Rating Section, page H-25.
Shaft Seals
Several conveyor end seal types are available to prevent contamination of the conveyed material or to prevent the escape of
material from the system.
Bearings
Hanger Bearing The purpose of hanger bearings is to provide intermediate support when multiple screw sections are
used. Hanger bearings are designed primarily for radial loads.
Therefore, adequate clearance should be allowed between the
bearings and the conveyor pipe ends to prevent damage by the
thrust load which is transmitted through the conveyor pipe.
The hanger bearing recommendations listed in the Material
Characteristic Tables are generally adequate for the material to
be handled. Often, however, unusual characteristics of the
material or the conditions under which the conveyor must operate make it desirable to use special bearing materials.
Regarding the use of special bearing materials, consult our
Engineering Department.
End Bearings Several end bearing types are available, and
their selection depends on two basic factors: Radial load and
thrust load. The relative values of these loads determines end
bearing types.
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Component
Selection
Radial load is negligible at the conveyor tail shaft. However,
drive ends (unless integrated with the conveyor end plate) are
subject to radial loading due to overhung drive loads, such as
chain sprockets or shaft-mounted speed reducers. Screw
Conveyor Drive Reducers at the drive end will adequately carry
both thrust and radial loads.
Discharge Spouts and Gates

Standard discharge spouts and gates are available for either
conveyor trough or tubular housing in several designs, operated
either manually or by remote controls.
In installations where it is possible to overfill the device to which
material is being transported, an additional overflow discharge
opening or overflow relief device should be provided. Consult
our Engineering Department for suggested electrical interlock
and safety devices to prevent overflow or damage to equipment.
It is sometimes found that the material characteristics are such
that standard component specifications are inadequate. Should
unusual material characteristics or severe conditions exist, our
Engineering Department should be consulted.
Conveyor Ends
A complete line of conveyor ends are available as standard for
either conveyor trough or tubular housing with a choice of many
bearing types and combinations.
Special Applications
More common of the unusual material characteristics which
require other than the recommended components are:
Corrosive Materials Components may be fabricated from
alloys not affected by the material or may be coated with a protective substance.
Contaminable Materials require the use of oil impregnated,
sealed or dry type hanger bearings. End shafts should be
sealed to prevent entrance of contaminants from the outside.
Due to the necessity for frequent cleaning conveyor components should be designed for convenient disassembly.
Abrasive Materials These materials may be handled in conveyors, troughs, or housings constructed of abrasion resistant
alloys with hard surfaced screws. Lining of all exposed surfaces
with rubber or special resins also materially reduces abrasive
damage.
SEARCH
EXIT
Interlocking or Matting Materials Conveying with standard

components is sometimes possible by the use of special feeding devices at the conveyor inlet.
Hygroscopic Materials Frequently these materials may be
handled successfully in a conveyor which is substantially sealed
from the exterior atmosphere. In extreme cases it is necessary
to provide jacketed trough or housing with an appropriate circulating medium to maintain the material at an elevated temperature. Purging of the conveyor with a suitable dry gas is also
used in some installations.
Viscous or Sticky Materials Ribbon flight conveyor screws
are most frequently used for conveying these materials
although standard components may be specially coated to
improve the flow of material.
Harmful Vapors or Dusts These materials may be safely
handled in dust sealed trough, plain tubular housing or gasketed
flanged tubular housing with particular attention to shaft sealing.
Trough or housing exhaust systems have also been successfully used in some installations.
Blending in Transit Ribbon, cut flight, paddle or a combination of these screw types may be designed to produce the
desired degree of blending, aeration or mixing.
Explosive Dusts The danger of this condition may be minimized in most installations by the use of components which are
fabricated from non-ferrous materials and proper conveyor sealing techniques observed. Exhaust systems are also advisable
for the removal of explosive dusts.
Materials Subject to Packing This condition requires the
use of aerating devices at the conveyor inlet when materials are
pulverulent and a special feeder device when material particles
are large or fibrous.
Materials which are Fluid when Aerated This condition
may be used to advantage in some installations by declining the
conveyor system toward the discharge end.
Degradable Materials Some particles that are easily broken
or distorted may usually be handled in screw conveyors by
reducing the speed and selecting a larger conveyor size sufficient to deliver the required volume of material.
Elevated Temperature Components should be fabricated
from high temperature alloys. Should the process be such that
cooling of the material in the conveyor is permissible, jacketed
trough or housing may be used at the inlet end to cool the material and standard components used after the point where material temperature has been reduced to a safe degree.
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-51
Standard
Conveyor Trough
Standard conveyor troughs have a U-shaped steel body with angle iron top flanges or formed top flanges and jig drilled end
flanges.
LGTH.
Angle Flange
Conveyor
Diameter
Formed Flanged Trough
Angle Flanged Trough
Angle
Flanged
Weight
Formed Flange
Weight
Weight
Trough
Thick.
Part
Number
10*
Length
5
Length
12
Length
6
Length
4
4
4
16 GA.
14
12
4CTA16
4CTA14
4CTA12
53
60
78
29
33
42
4CTF16
4CTF14
4CTF12
6
6
6
6
6
16 GA.
14
12
10
3
16
6CTA16
6CTA14
6CTA12
6CTA10
6CTA7
67
78
101
123
164
44
49
60
73
86
9
9
9
9
9
9
16 GA.
14
12
10
3
16
1
4
9CTA16
9CTA14
9CTA12
9CTA10
9CTA7
9CTA3
113
127
156
176
230
286
66
73
87
102
124
152
10
10
10
10
10
10
16 GA.
14
12
10
3
16
1
4
10CTA16
10CTA14
10CTA12
10CTA10
10CTA7
10CTA3
118
133
164
178
233
306
69
76
92
102
131
163
12
12
12
12
12 GA.
10
3
16
1
4
12CTA12
12CTA10
12CTA7
12CTA3
197
234
294
372
14
14
14
14
12 GA.
10
3
16
1
4
14CTA12
14CTA10
14CTA7
14CTA3
16
16
16
16
12 GA.
10
3
16
1
4
18
18
18
18
10
Length
Weight
5
Length
12
Length
6
Length
41
50
70
23
28
38
6CTF16
6CTF14
6CTF12
6CTF10
6CTF7
55
67
91
117
150
32
38
50
64
79
9CTF16
9CTF14
9CTF12
9CTF10
9CTF7
9CTF3
83
99
132
164
214
276
51
59
75
91
116
147
10CTF16
10CTF14
10CTF12
10CTF10
10CTF7
10CTF3
88
105
140
167
217
296
54
62
80
91
123
158
113
133
164
203
236
281
353
446
135
160
197
244
12CTF12
12CTF10
12CTF7
12CTF3
164
187
272
357
95
117
150
194
197
224
326
428
114
140
180
233
214
258
328
418
121
143
180
224
257
309
394
501
145
172
216
269
14CTF12
14CTF10
14CTF7
14CTF3
183
207
304
403
102
127
168
215
219
248
365
483
122
152
202
258
16CTA12
16CTA10
16CTA7
16CTA3
238
288
368
471
133
159
200
243
285
345
442
565
160
191
240
291
16CTF12
16CTF10
16CTF7
16CTF3
206
234
345
455
107
144
188
228
247
281
414
546
128
173
226
273
12 GA.
10
3
16
1
4
18CTA12
18CTA10
18CTA7
18CTA3
252
353
444
559
159
170
243
298
302
423
533
671
191
204
291
358
18CTF12
18CTF10
18CTF7
18CTF3
240
269
394
520
133
165
217
275
288
323
473
624
160
198
260
330
20
20
20
10 GA.
3
16
1
4
20CTA10
20CTA7
20CTA3
383
484
612
228
271
334
460
581
734
274
325
401
20CTF10
20CTF7
20CTF3
296
434
573
190
247
315
355
521
687
24
24
24
10 GA.
3
16
1
4
24CTA10
24CTA7
24CTA3
443
563
717
255
319
363
531
676
860
306
383
435
24CTF10
24CTF7
24CTF3
384
514
678
227
293
339
461
617
813
Standard Gauge
Bolt Patterns
Page H-40
Part
Number
358
718
7316
714
734
71316
8
412
9 58
91116
9 34
9 34
9 78
934
91316
10
10
978
1318
13316
1314
13516
1338
1312
1314
13516
1312
1312
1338
1312
1418
14316
1414
14516
1438
1412
1414
14516
1412
1412
1438
1412
1714
17516
1738
1712
1712
1712
1738
1712
1914
19516
1938
1912
1912
1912
1938
1912
2114
21516
2138
2112
2112
2112
2138
2112
2414
24516
2438
2412
2412
2412
2438
2412
10
638
13
734
15
914
17
1058
19
212
1218
228
296
378
21
212
1312
26516
2638
2612
2612
2638
2612
272
352
406
25
212
1612
30516
3038
3012
3012
3038
3012
on all sizes through 10 ga.
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
618
112
All troughs available in other materials such as stainless, aluminum,

abrasion resistant, etc.
SEARCH
112
11
Double formed flange standard
H-52
114
INDEX
Tubular
Housing
Tubular conveyor housings are inherently dust
and weather-tight, and may be loaded to a full
cross section. Conveyors with tubular housings
are rigid and are highly suitable for conveying
material on an incline. Three types shown are
available.
Tubular housing
Tubular Housing
Conveyor
Diameter
Trough
Thickness
4
4
4
16 GA.
14
12
6
6
6
6
6
Part
Number
Flanged tubular housing
Formed Flange
Weight
Part
Number
Angle flanged tubular housing
Angle Flange
Weight
10
Part
Number
Weight
10
10
Length
5
Length
4CHT16
4CHT14
4CHT12
60
31
4CHT16-F
4CHT14-F
4CHT12-F
43
53
74
4CHT16-A
4CHT14-A
4CHT12-A
81
89
106
16 GA.
14
12
10
3
16
6CHT16
6CHT14
6CHT12
6CHT10
6CHT7
50
62
85
109
145
27
33
44
56
74
6CHT16-F
6CHT14-F
6CHT12-F
6CHT10-F
6CHT7-F
60
75
103
133
168
6CHT16-A
6CHT14-A
6CHT12-A
6CHT10-A
6CHT7-A
110
122
145
187
205
9
9
9
9
9
9
16 GA.
14
12
10
3
16
1
4
9CHT16
9CHT14
9CHT12
9CHT10
9CHT7
9CHT3
72
89
122
155
208
275
39
47
64
80
107
140
9CHT16-F
9CHT14-F
9CHT12-F
9CHT10-F
9CHT7-F
9CHT3-F
84
104
143
182
245
324
9CHT16-A
9CHT14-A
9CHT12-A
9CHT10-A
9CHT7-A
9CHT3-A
131
148
181
214
267
334
10
10
10
10
10
10
16 GA.
14
12
10
3
16
1
4
10CHT16
10CHT14
10CHT12
10CHT10
10CHT7
10CHT3
79
97
133
169
227
301
42
52
70
88
117
154
10CHT16-F
10CHT14-F
10CHT12-F
10CHT10-F
10CHT7-F
10CHT3-F
91
112
154
196
264
350
10CHT16-A
10CHT14-A
10CHT12-A
10CHT10-A
10CHT7-A
10CHT3-A
138
156
192
228
286
360
12
12
12
12
12 GA.
10
3
16
1
4
12CHT12
12CHT10
12CHT7
12CHT3
163
208
275
362
88
111
144
188
12CHT12-F
12CHT10-F
12CHT7-F
12CHT3-F
193
247
328
432
12CHT12-A
12CHT10-A
12CHT7-A
12CHT3-A
235
280
347
434
14
14
14
14
12 GA.
10
3
16
1
4
14CHT12
14CHT10
14CHT7
14CHT3
187
236
316
416
101
126
166
216
14CHT12-F
14CHT10-F
14CHT7-F
14CHT3-F
217
275
369
486
14CHT12-A
14CHT10-A
14CHT7-A
14CHT3-A
259
308
388
488
16
16
16
16
12 GA.
10
3
16
1
4
16CHT12
16CHT10
16CHT7
16CHT3
212
268
358
472
114
142
187
244
16CHT12-F
16CHT10-F
16CHT7-F
16CHT3-F
242
307
411
542
16CHT12-A
16CHT10-A
16CHT7-A
16CHT3-A
310
366
456
570
18
18
18
18
12 GA.
10
3
16
1
4
18CHT12
18CHT10
18CHT7
18CHT3
242
304
405
533
133
164
214
278
18CHT12-F
18CHT10-F
18CHT7-F
18CHT3-F
280
352
471
621
18CHT12-A
18CHT10-A
18CHT7-A
18CHT3-A
340
402
503
631
20
20
20
10 GA.
3
16
1
4
20CHT10
20CHT7
20CHT3
335
446
586
188
237
307
20CHT10-F
20CHT7-F
20CHT3-F
381
510
671
20CHT10-A
20CHT7-A
20CHT3-A
433
544
684
21
25516
2538
2512
24
10 GA.
24CHT10
3
24
16
24CHT7
1
4
24CHT3
24
Standard Gauge
For Bolt Patterns See Page H-41
399
531
699
215
281
365
24CHT10-F
24CHT7-F
24CHT3-F
445
594
784
24CHT10-A
24CHT7-A
24CHT3-A
497
629
797
25
29516
2938
2912
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
718
7316
714
958
91116
934
91316
978
114
10
11
13
15
17
19
1258
121116
1234
121316
1278
13
1358
131116
1334
131316
1378
14
1614
16516
1638
1612
1814
18516
1838
1812
2114
21516
2138
2112
2314
23516
2338
2312
114
114
112
112
H-53
Flared
Trough
Flared troughs are used primarily to convey materials
which are not free-flowing or which have a tendency to stick
to the trough.
Length
Conveyor
Diameter
Trough
Thickness
Part
Number
Weight
Per
Foot
6
6
14 GA.
12
6FCT14
6FCT12
9
12
9
9
9
9
9
14 GA.
12 GA.
10
3
16
1
4
9FCT14
9FCT12
9FCT10
9FCT7
9FCT3
13
14
19
22
25
12
12
12
12
12 GA.
10
3
16
1
4
12FCT12
12FCT10
12FCT7
12FCT3
20
24
32
43
14
14
14
14
12 GA.
10
3
16
1
4
14FCT12
14FCT10
14FCT7
14FCT3
23
27
37
49
16
16
16
16
12 GA.
10
3
16
1
4
16FCT12
16FCT10
16FCT7
16FCT3
25
31
39
52
18
18
18
18
12 GA.
10
3
16
1
4
18FCT12
18FCT10
18FCT7
18FCT3
27
35
45
56
20
20
20
10 GA.
3
16
1
4
20FCT10
20FCT7
20FCT3
36
48
60
24
24
24
10 GA.
3
16
1
4
24FCT10
24FCT7
24FCT3
41
54
69
Standard Gauge
H-54
14
1658
1634
312
1516
10
134
10
18
21316
2114
2114
2138
2112
10
612
214
12
22
2614
2614
2638
2612
11
712
214
12
24
2814
2814
2838
2812
28
3214
3214
3238
3212
1112
812
214
12
31
3614
3614
3638
3612
1218
912
234
12
34
3914
3938
3912
1312
1012
234
12
1612
1212
234
12
40
4514
4538
4512
See Page H-40 for Bolt Pattern
SEARCH
EXIT
Standard
Length
Foot
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Discharge
Spouts
Plain Opening
Fixed Spout with Slide Gate
Plain spout openings are cut in the trough permitting free material discharge.
Fixed spouts with slide gates are used where distribution of material is to be
controlled. Bolted flange permits slide to be operated from any side.
Fixed Spout
Flush End Spout
Flush end discharge spouts are designed for use at the final discharge point.
The end of the spout is comprised of a housing end with bottom flange
drilled with standard discharge flange bolt pattern. Because it is located at
the extreme end of the conveyor, there is no carryover of material past the
final discharge point. The flush end arrangement eliminates the unnecessary extension of trough and interior components beyond the actual discharge point.
Fixed spouts are fabricated in proportion to size and thickness of trough.

Can be furnished loose or welded to trough.
Screw
Diameter
4
6
9
10
12
5
7
10
11
13
412
6
8
9
1012
334
5
718
778
878
14
16
18
20
24
15
17
19
21
25
1112
1312
1412
1512
1712
1018
1118
1238
1338
1538
Screw
Diameter
Trough
Thickness
Gauge
Spout
and Gate
Thickness
Gauge
16
16
5
16
5
16
5
16
558
658
8
838
1018
11
14
19
20
24
212
312
5
512
612
16
16
5
16
3
8
3
8
1114
1238
1338
1438
1638
27
30
33
36
42
712
812
912
1012
1212
Part Number
Weight
Fixed Spout
Plain
Flush
End
Spout
With Slide
Fixed Spout
Plain
Slide
Flush
End
Spout
4
4
16-14
12
16
12
4TSD16
4TSD12
4TSDS16
4TSDS12
4TSDF16
4TSDF12
2
3
6
7
1.5
2.25
6
6
14-12
3
16
16
12
6TSD14
6TSD12
6TSDS14
6TSDS12
6TSDF16
6TSDF12
4
6
11
13
3.0
4.50
9
9
16-14-12-10
3
16-14
14
10
9TSD14
9TSD10
9TSDS14
9TSDS10
9TSDF14
9TSDF10
8
13
18
22
6.0
9.75
10
10
14-12-10
3
16-14
14
10
10TSD14
10TSD10
10TSDS14
10TSDS10
10TSDF14
10TSDF10
10
16
21
27
7.5
12.0
12
12
12-10
3
16-14
12
3
16
12TSD12
12TSD7
12TSDS12
12TSDS7
12TSDF12
12TSDF7
17
29
36
48
12.75
21.75
14
14
12-10
3
16-14
12
3
16
14TSD12
14TSD7
14TSDS12
14TSDS7
14TSDF12
14TSDF7
22
38
46
62
16.50
28.50
16
16
12-10
3
16-14
12
3
16
16TSD12
16TSD7
16TSDS12
16TSDS7
16TSDF12
16TSDF7
21
40
49
68
15.75
30.0
18
18
12-10
3
16-14
12
3
16
18TSD12
18TSD7
18TSDS12
18TSDS7
18TSDF12
18TSDF7
32
60
69
97
24.0
45.0
10
16-14
12
3
16
20TSD12
20TSD7
20TSDS12
20TSDS7
20TSDF12
20TSDF7
40
67
91
118
30.0
50.25
10
16-14
12
3
16
24TSD12
24TSD7
24TSDS12
24TSDS7
24TSDF12
24TSDF7
52
87
116
151
39.0
65.25
20
20
24
24
Standard Gauge
SEARCH
Add F for Fitted
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-55
Discharge
Gates
Flat rack and pinion slide gates can be bolted to standard discharge spouts at any of the four positions
desired. Hand wheel is normally furnished but is also
available with chain or rope wheel.
Rack and Pinion Flat Slide
Screw
Diameter
4
6
9
10
12
5
7
10
11
13
412
6
8
9
1012
334
5
718
778
878
7
814
1038
1118
1218
14
16
18
20
24
15
17
19
21
25
1112
1312
1412
1512
1712
1018
1118
1238
1338
1538
1338
1438
1558
161116
181116
Trough
Thickness
Gauge
Screw
Diameter
1312
16
2014
2312
2512
612
712
9
1012
11
5
6
912
10
1214
512
634
878
978
1078
12
12
12
12
12
3114
3358
3778
4034
4612
1212
1312
1412
1512
1712
1314
1414
1534
1634
1834
12
13
1418
1518
1738
12
12
12
12
12
Spout
and Gate
Thickness Gauge
K
Diameter
Part Number
Rack and
Pinion
Weight
Rack and
Pinion
4
4
16-14
12
14
12
4RPF14
4RPF12
18
21
6
6
16-14-12
3
16
14
12
6RPF14
6RPF12
28
31
9
9
14-12-10
3
16-14
14
10
9RPF14
9RPF10
49
54
14-12-10
16-14
14
10
10RPF14
10RPF10
56
62
12-10
16-14
12
3
16
12RPF12
12RPF7
94
106
12-10
16 -14
12
3
16
14RPF12
14RPF7
107
123
12-10
16-14
12
3
16
16RPF12
16RPF7
112
131
12-10
16-14
12
3
16
18RPF12
18RPF7
157
185
10
16-14
12
3
16
20RPF12
20RPF7
185
212
10
16-14
12
3
16
24RPF12
24RPF7
233
268
10
10
12
12
14
14
16
16
18*
18*
20*
20*
24*
24*
Standard Gauge
All Rack & Pinion Gates 18 and
Larger Have Double Rack & Pinion.
* Handwheel supplied as Standard Assembly

C Chain Wheel
R Rope Wheel
H-56
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
Add F for Fitted
INDEX
Discharge
Gates
Curved rack and pinion slide gates are contoured to the
shape of the trough thus eliminating pocket caused by flat
slide. Slide operates parallel to the trough only. Hand
wheel is normally furnished but is also available with
chain or rope wheel.
Rack and Pinion Curved Slide
Std. Disch. Spout

Drilling
See Page H-41
Conveyor
Diameter
Trough
Thickness
Spout
Thickness
Part
Number*
Weight
Pounds
H
Diameter
4
4
14,16 Cal.
12 Cal.
14 Cal.
12 GA.
4RPC14
4RPC12
20
22
614
614
834
834
12
12
334
334
6
6
412
458
412
12
6
6
16,14,12 GA.
3
16
14 GA.
12 GA.
6RPC14
6RPC12
25
28
712
712
1012
1012
15
15
5
5
8
8
512
558
12
9
9
14,12,10 GA.
3
16,14
14 GA.
10 GA.
9RPC14
9RPC10
46
54
9
9
15
15
2012
2012
718
718
834
834
7
718
12
14,12,10 GA.
16,14
14 GA.
10 GA.
10RPC14
10RPC10
53
62
912
912
1412
1412
21
21
778
778
918
918
712
758
12
12,10 GA.
16,14
12 GA.
3
16
12RPC12
12RPC7
81
97
1138
1138
1712
1712
2534
2534
878
878
11
11
812
858
1012
12
10,12 GA.
16,14
12 GA.
3
16
14RPC12
14RPC7
95
114
1278
1278
2012
2012
3014
3014
1018
1018
12
12
912
958
1112
12
10,12 GA.
16,14
12 GA.
3
16
16RPC12
16RPC7
103
116
1438
1438
2312
2312
36
36
1118
1118
13
13
1012
1058
1312
12
10,12 GA.
16,14
12 GA.
3
16
18RPC12
18RPC7
157
187
1578
1578
2512
2512
3714
3714
1238
1238
1538
1538
1112
1158
1412
12
12 GA.
16,14
12 GA.
3
16
20RPC12
20RPC7
175
208
1738
1738
2812
2812
39
39
1338
1338
1638
1638
1212
1258
1512
12
10 GA.
16,14
12 GA.
3
16
24RPC12
24RPC7
220
265
1938
1938
3512
3512
47
47
1538
1538
1838
1838
1412
1458
1712
12
10
10
12
12
14
14
16
16
18
18
20
20
24
24
Standard Gauge
* Hand wheel supplied as Standard Assembly

C Chain Wheel
R Rope Wheel
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
Add F for Fitted
NEXT
INDEX
H-57
Discharge
Gates
Dust Tight Rack and Pinion Flat Slide
Dust tight rack and pinions are totally enclosed
and can be furnished with either flat or curved
slide. Handwheel is normally furnished but is
also available with chain or rope wheel.
Dust Tight Rack and Pinion Curved Slide
Screw
Diameter
K
Diameter
4
6
9
10
12
5
7
10
11
13
412
6
8
9
1012
712
10
1212
13
15
212
4
5
5
5
12
1812
23
25
28
6
712
9
10
1112
7
8
11
1112
13
12
12
12
12
12
712
9
10
1012
1012
14
16
18
20
24
15
17
19
21
25
1112
1312
1412
1512
1712
1512
1612
1812
20
23
512
512
612
7
8
31
34
3812
4012
4712
1212
1312
15
16
18
14
15
1612
1712
1912
12
12
12
12
12
1012
1012
1112
12
13
Screw
Diameter
Trough
Thickness
Gauge
Part Number
Spout
and Slide
Thickness Gauge
Flat Slide *
Weight
Curved Slide *
Weight
4
4
16-14
12
14
12
4RPFD14
4RPFD12
27
32
4RPCD16
4RPCD12
30
35
6
6
16-14-12
3
16
14
12
6RPFD14
6RPFD12
42
47
6RPCD16
6RPCD12
46
52
9
9
14-12-10
3
16-14
14
10
9RPFD12
9RPFD10
74
81
9RPCD12
9RPCD10
81
89
10
10
14-12-10
3
16-14
14
10
10RPFD14
10RPFD10
84
93
10RPCD14
104PCD10
92
102
12
12
12-10
3
16-14
12
3
16
12RPFD12
12RPFD7
141
158
12RPCD12
12RPCD7
155
174
14
14
12-10
3
16-14
12
3
16
14RPFD12
14RPFD7
160
185
14RPCD12
14RPCD7
176
204
16
16
12-10
3
16-14
12
3
16
16RPFD12
16RPFD7
168
197
16RPCD12
16RPCD7
185
217
18
18
12-10
3
16-14
12
3
16
18RPFD12
18RPFD7
240
277
18RPCD12
18RPCD7
264
305
10
16-14
12
3
16
20RPFD12
20RPFD7
278
318
20RPCD12
20RPCD7
306
350
10
16-14
12
3
16
24RPFD12
24RPFD7
350
402
24RPCD12
24RPCD7
385
442
20
20
24
24
* Handwheel supplied as standard assembly

C Chain Wheel
R Rope Wheel
H-58
SEARCH
Flange drilling is standard. See page H-41

Add F for Fitted
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Discharge Gate
Accessories
Hand Wheel
Dimensions in Inches and Weight in Pounds
Wheel
Diameter
Part
No.
12
1 Bore
1
4 Keyway
12HW1
Weight
11
118
178
The hand wheel is regularly furnished to rotate the pinion shaft when
the slide gate is readily accessible.
Pocket Wheel & Rope Wheel

Dimensions in Inches and Average Weights in Pounds
Wheel
Diameter
Part
No.
Weight
Chain Wheel
20PW1
11
1234
138
Rope Wheel
12RW1
13
1258
214
158
16
114
178
Pocket chain and rope wheels are used to rotate pinion shaft where
remote operation is desired. It is designed to be used with number 316
pocket chain.
1 Bore
4 Keyway
Hanger Pockets
Hanger pockets are
used with tubular trough
and are mounted on the
trough at bearing connections. The hanger
pocket forms a U
shaped section for a
short distance, allowing
the use of standard
hangers and providing
easy access to them.
Bolted Top Cover
Conveyor
Diameter
Part
Numer
Weight
Each
4
6
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
4CPH16
6CPH16
9CPH14
10CPH14
12CPH12
14CPH12
16CPH12
18CPH12
20CPH10
24CPH10
8
12
12
12
18
18
18
18
18
18
334
434
638
658
8
912
1078
1238
1334
1634
5
7
10
11
13
15
17
19
21
25
2
3
4
9
18
24
26
30
45
50
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-59
Trough
Ends
Outside Less Feet
Bolts - N
Outside trough ends less feet are used to support

end bearing and cover when no trough support is
required. Drilling for bronze bearing or flanged ball
bearing is standard.
P SLOT
D
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
Friction
Bearing
4TE2*
358
2316
158
1716
818
112
6TE3*
412
3316
2316
31116
112
1018
112
2
9TE3*
9TE4*
618
618
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
158
158
4
1
4
1334
1334
8
3
8
9
9
10
112
2
10TE3*
10TE4*
638
638
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
134
134
4
4
1434
1434
8
8
11
11
2
2716
3
12TE4*
12TE5*
12TE6*
734
734
734
414
514
614
2916
21516
334
378
4716
41516
2
2
2
4
4
1
4
1714
1714
1714
2
2
2
20
20
20
2716
3
14TE5*
14TE6*
914
914
5516
5516
21516
334
4716
41516
2
2
4
16
1914
1914
2
2
35
35
16
16TE6*
1058
6516
31316
212
16
2114
42
11
18
3
3716
18TE6*
18TE7*
1218
1218
638
738
31316
4516
5
5916
212
212
8
3
8
2414
2414
8
5
8
60
60
11
20
3
3716
20TE6*
20TE7*
1312
1312
638
738
378
438
5116
558
212
212
8
8
2614
2614
8
8
90
90
11
3716
24TE7*
1612
738
438
558
212
3014
120
11
Conveyor
Diameter
12
14
24
Ball
Bearing
Roller
Bearing
1
5
P
Slot
Weight
1
1
16 916
16 916
16 916
16 916
16 916
16 1116
16 1116
16 1316
16 1316
16 1316
16 1316
P SLOT
Outside With Feet
Bolts - N
Outside trough ends with feet are used to support

end bearing, cover and trough. Drilling for bronze
or flanged ball bearing is standard.
Bolts - M
D
Conveyor
Shaft
Diameter Diameter
Part
Number
Friction
Bearing
Ball
Bearing
Roller
Bearing
4TEF2*
358
458
21516
158
1716
534
158
818
112
6TEF3*
412
558
31516
2316
31116
112
818
134
1018
112
2
9TEF3*
9TEF4*
618
618
778
778
31516
41516
2316
212
31116
31316
158
158
938
938
112
112
258
258
4
1
4
1334
1334
2
1
2
112
2
10TEF3*
10TEF4*
638
638
878
878
31516
41516
2316
212
31116
31316
134
134
912
912
134
134
278
278
4
4
1434
1434
2
2
2
2716
3
12TEF4*
12TEF5*
12TEF6*
734
734
734
958
958
958
5
512
558
2916
21516
334
378
4716
41516
2
2
2
1214
1214
1214
158
158
158
234
234
234
4
4
1
4
1714
1714
1714
8
8
5
8
2716
3
14TEF5*
14TEF6*
914
914
1078
1078
512
558
21516
334
4716
41516
2
2
1312
1312
158
158
278
278
4
16
1914
1914
8
8
16
16TEF6*
1058
12
51116
31316
212
1478
314
16
2114
18
3
3716
18TEF6*
18TEF7*
1218
1218
1338
1338
51116
61516
31316
4516
5
5916
212
212
16
16
2
2
314
314
8
3
8
2412
2414
8
5
8
3
3716
3716
20TEF6*
20TEF7*
24TEF7*
1312
1312
1612
15
15
1818
534
7
7
378
438
438
5116
558
558
212
212
212
1914
1914
20
214
214
212
334
334
418
8
8
3
8
2614
2614
3014
4
4
3
4
10
12
14
20
24
Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSFP seals
H60
SEARCH
1
5
*BB Ball Bearing

*BR Bronze Bearing
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
16 916
8
3
8
12
12
8
8
14
14
2
2
1
2
23
23
23
2
2
38
38
45
11
8
5
8
67
67
11
8
8
5
8
120
120
162
11
*RB Roller Bearing

*P Less Bearing
INDEX
P
Slot
Weight
16 916
16 916
16 916
16 916
16 916
16 1116
16 1116
9
16 1116
9
16 1116
16 1116
16 1316
16 1316
16 1316
11
16 1316
16 1316
11
16 1316
11
Trough
Ends
Inside
Bolts - N
Inside trough ends are used in place of outside

type where no trough end flanges are required.
Drilling for bronze bearings or flanged ball bearing
is standard.
D
Conveyor
Diameter
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
Friction
Bearing
Ball
Bearing
Roller
Bearing
Weight
4TEI2*
358
2316
158
112
6TEI3*
412
3316
2316
31116
16
112
2
9TEI3*
9TEI4*
10
10
618
618
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
2
2
4
1
4
8
3
8
9
9
10
112
2
10TEI3*
10TEI4*
11
11
638
638
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
2
2
4
4
8
8
11
11
2
2716
3
12TEI4*
12TEI5*
12TEI6*
13
13
13
734
734
734
414
514
614
2916
21516
334
378
4716
41516
2
2
2
4
4
1
4
2
2
2
19
19
19
2716
3
14TEI5*
14TEI6*
15
15
914
914
5516
6516
21516
334
4716
41516
2
2
2
2
34
34
12
14
4
16
16
16TEI6*
17
1058
6516
31316
16
40
18
3
3716
18TEI6*
18TEI7*
19
19
1218
1218
638
738
31316
4516
5
5916
2
2
8
3
8
8
5
8
58
58
20
3
3716
20TEI6*
20TEI7*
21
21
1312
1312
638
738
378
438
5116
558
2
2
8
8
8
8
83
83
3716
24TEI7*
25
1612
738
438
558
116
24
Bolts - N
Inside Rectangular
Rectangular trough ends are used inside of rectangular trough. Drilling for bronze bearing or
flanged ball bearing is standard.
D
Conveyor
Diameter
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
Friction
Bearing
Ball
Bearing
Roller
Bearing
Weight
4TER2*
358
212
2316
158
112
6TER3*
412
312
3316
2316
31116
16
112
2
9TER3*
9TER4*
10
10
618
618
5
5
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
2
2
4
1
4
8
3
8
9
9
10
112
2
10TER3*
10TER4*
11
11
638
638
512
512
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
2
2
4
4
8
8
12
12
2
2716
3
12TER4*
12TER5*
12TER6*
13
13
13
734
734
734
612
612
612
414
514
614
2916
21516
334
378
4716
41516
2
2
2
4
4
1
4
2
2
2
21
21
21
2716
3
14TER5*
14TER6*
15
15
914
914
712
712
5516
6516
21516
334
4716
41516
2
2
4
16
2
2
35
35
12
14
16
16TER6*
17
1058
812
6516
31316
16
41
18
3
3716
18TER6*
18TER7*
19
19
1218
1218
912
912
638
738
31316
4516
5
5916
2
2
8
3
8
8
5
8
60
60
20
3
3716
20TER6*
20TER7*
21
21
1312
1312
1012
1012
638
738
378
438
5116
558
2
2
8
8
8
8
88
88
3716
24TER7*
25
1612
1212
738
438
558
125
24
Can be furnished with CSP, CSW, or CSS seals
SEARCH
*BB Ball Bearing

*BP Bronze Bearing
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
*RB Roller Bearing

*P Less Bearing
INDEX
H61
Trough
Ends
P SLOT
Single Bearing
Bolts - N
Single bearing pedestal type trough ends are

constructed with base for mounting pillow block
bearings and shaft seal or packing gland.
Bolts - M
Conveyor
Diameter
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
112
6TEO3
112
2
9TEO3
9TEO4
10
112
2
10TEO3
10TEO4
12
2
2716
3
12TEO4
12TEO5
12TEO6
14
2 16
3
14TEO5
14TEO6
16
16TEO6
18
3
3716
18TEO6
18TEO7
20
3
3716
20TEO6
20TEO7
24
3716
24TEO7
P
Slot
Weight
Consult
Factory
P SLOT
Double Bearing
Bolts - N
Double bearing pedestal type trough ends are for

use with pillow block bearing in conjunction with a
flanged bearing providing extra shaft support.
C
K
Bolts - M
Conveyor
Diameter
Shaft
Diameter
112
6TEOD3
112
2
9TEOD3
9TEOD4
10
112
2
10TEOD3
10TEOD4
12
2
2716
3
12TEOD4
12TEOD5
12TEOD6
14
2 16
3
14TEOD5
14TEOD6
16
16TEOD6
18
3
3716
18TEOD6
18TEOD7
20
3
3716
20TEOD6
20TEOD7
24
3716
24TEOD7
H-62
Part
Number
SEARCH
Consult
Factory
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
P
Slot
Weight
Trough
Ends
P SLOT
P SLOT
Outside With Feet
P SLOT
Outside Less Feet
P SLOT
Outboard Bearing
Discharge
Application: same as standard trough ends except for flared trough.

D
Conveyor
Diameter
Shaft
Diameter
112
1658
112
2
2114
2114
9
9
2
2716
3
2638
2638
2638
2716
3
16
18
14
20
24
P
Slot
Friction
Bearing
Ball
Bearing
Roller
Bearing
558
3316
2316
334
112
818
134
778
778
314
414
2316
212
334
378
158
158
938
938
112
112
258
258
4
1
4
2
1
2
8
3
8
10
10
10
958
958
958
414
514
614
2916
21516
334
378
412
5
2
2
2
1214
1214
1214
158
158
158
234
234
234
4
4
1
4
8
8
5
8
2
2
1
2
2838
2838
11
11
1078
1078
5516
6516
21516
334
412
5
2
2
1312
1312
158
158
278
278
4
16
8
8
3212
1112
12
6516
31316
212
1478
314
16
3
3716
3612
3612
1218
1218
1338
1338
638
738
31316
4516
5
558
212
212
16
16
2
2
314
314
8
3
8
8
5
8
3
3716
3912
3912
1312
1312
15
15
638
738
378
438
5
558
212
212
1914
1914
214
214
334
334
8
8
4
4
8
8
11
11
3716
4512
1612
1818
738
438
558
212
20
212
418
11
2
2
8
8
5
8
16 916
16 916
16 916
Consult Factory
12
16 1116
16 1116
9
16 1116
9
16 1116
16 1116
9
9
16 1316
11
16 1316
16 1316
11
11
16 1316
16 1316
16 1316
Part Number
Conveyor
Diameter
Shaft
Diameter
112
6FTEF3.*
15
6FTE3*
13
6FTEO3*
22
6FTDO3**
11
112
2
9FTEF3*
9FTEF4*
22
27
9FTE3*
9FTE4*
19
24
9FTEO3*
9FTEO4*
31
36
9FTDO3**
9FTDO4**
15
20
12
2
2716
3
12FTEF4*
12FTEF5*
12FTEF6*
43
44
56
12FTE4*
12FTE5*
12FTE6*
36
37
49
12FTEO4*
12FTEO5*
12FTEO6*
63
64
76
12FTDO4**
12FTDO5**
12FTDO6**
28
29
41
14
2716
3
14FTEF5*
14FTEF6*
52
64
14FTE5*
14FTE6*
43
55
14FTEO5*
14FTEO6*
75
87
14FTDO5**
14FTDO6**
33
45
16
16FTEF6*
85
16FTE6*
72
16FTEO6*
125
16FTDO6**
56
18
3
3716
18FTEF6*
18FTEF7*
98
104
18FTE6*
18FTE7*
83
89
18FTEO6*
18FTEO7*
138
144
18FTDO6**
18FTDO7**
63
69
20
3
3716
3716
20FTEF6*
20FTEF7*
24FTEF7*
133
139
179
20FTE6*
20FTE7*
24FTE7*
103
109
132
20FTEO6*
20FTEO7*
24FTEO7*
196
202
250
20FTDO6**
20FTDO7**
24FTDO7**
75
81
96
24
*BB
*BR
*RB
*P
Ball Bearing
Bronze Bearing
Roller Bearing
Less Bearing
Outside
With Feet
Weight
Outside
Less Feet
Weight
Outboard Bearing
Weight
**BB Ball Bearing

**BR Bronze Bearing
**P Less Bearing
SEARCH
EXIT
Discharge
Weight
For Bolt Pattern see Page H-40
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-63
Trough
Ends
Outside Discharge
PPOrificio
Slot
Bolts N
Outside discharge trough ends are used to

support end bearing and will allow material to
discharge or overflow through the end of the
trough. Drilling for three bolt bronze or flanged ball
D
Conveyor
Diameter
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
Friction
Bearing
Ball
Bearing
Roller
Bearing
P
Slot
Weight
358
16 9 16
934
412
16 916
4
1
4
1334
1334
618
618
8
3
8
16 916
7
16 916
5
5
4
4
1434
1434
638
638
8
8
16 916
16 916
6
6
4
4
1
4
1712
1712
1712
734
734
734
2
2
1
2
16 34
16 34
9
16 34
12
12
12
4
16
1914
1914
914
914
8
8
16 34
16 34
17
17
4TDO2.*
358
2916
158
112
6TDO3*
412
3316
2316
31116
112
2
9TDO3*
9TDO4*
618
618
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
2
2
10
112
2
10TDO3*
10TDO4*
638
638
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
2
2
2
2716
3
12TDO4*
12TDO5*
12TDO6*
734
734
734
414
514
614
2916
21516
334
378
4716
41516
2
2
2
2716
3
14TDO5*
14TDO6*
914
914
5516
6516
21516
334
4716
41516
2
2
14
12
1
5
16
16TDO6*
1058
6516
31316
16
2118
1058
11
16 78
26
18
3
3716
18TDO6*
18TDO7*
1218
1218
638
738
31316
4516
5
5916
2
2
8
3
8
2312
2312
1218
1218
8
5
8
11
16 78
11
16 78
33
33
20
3
3716
20TDO6*
20TDO7*
1312
1312
638
738
378
438
5116
558
2
2
8
8
2634
2634
1312
1312
8
8
11
11
16 78
16 78
55
55
3716
24TDO7*
1612
738
438
558
3012
1612
11
16 78
81
24
Inside Discharge
Inside discharge trough ends are used to support
end bearing and will allow material to discharge or
overflow through the end of the trough. This
trough end is used inside the trough where no
trough end flanges are required. Drilling for three
bolt bronze or flanged ball bearing is standard.
Tornillos-N
Bolts N
D
Conveyor
Diameter
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
Friction
Bearing
Ball
Bearing
Roller
Bearing
Weight
4TD12*
358
2316
158
358
112
6TD13*
412
3316
2316
31116
412
112
2
9TD13*
9TD14*
10
10
618
618
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
2
2
4
1
4
618
618
8
3
8
5
5
10
112
2
10TD13*
10TD14*
11
11
638
638
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
2
2
4
4
638
638
8
8
6
6
2
2716
3
12TD14*
12TD15*
12TD16*
13
13
13
734
734
734
414
514
614
2916
21316
334
378
4716
41516
2
2
2
4
4
1
4
734
734
734
2
2
2
12
12
12
2716
3
14TD15*
14TD16*
15
15
914
914
5516
6516
21516
334
4716
41516
2
2
4
16
914
0.914
8
8
16
16
16
16TD16*
17
1058
6516
31316
16
1058
25
18
3
3716
18TD16*
18TD17*
19
19
1218
1218
638
738
31316
4516
5
5916
2
2
8
3
8
1218
1218
8
5
8
32
32
20
3
3716
20TD16*
20TD17*
21
21
1312
1312
638
738
378
438
5916
558
2
2
8
8
1312
1312
8
8
50
50
3716
24TD17*
25
1612
738
438
558
1612
76
12
14
24
*BB
*BR
*P
H-64
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
1
5
Ball Bearing
Bronze Bearing
Less Bearing
NEXT
INDEX
1
1
5
5
Trough
Ends
Outside
Outside tubular trough ends less feet are used to
support end bearings on tubular trough where no
foot or support is required. Drilling for bronze or
flanged ball bearing is standard.
Bolts - N
D
Conveyor
Diameter
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
Friction
Bearing
Ball
Bearing
Roller
Bearing
Weight
4CHTE2*
378
2316
158
112
6CHTE3*
5116
3316
2316
31116
1018
112
2
9CHTE3*
9CHTE4*
61932
61932
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
4
1
4
1314
1314
8
3
8
6
6
10
112
2
10CHTE3*
10CHTE4*
738
738
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
4
4
1434
1434
8
8
7
7
2
2716
3
12CHTE4*
12CHTE5*
12CHTE6*
818
818
818
414
514
614
2916
21516
334
378
4716
41516
4
4
1
4
1614
1614
1614
2
2
2
13
13
13
2716
3
14CHTE5*
14CHTE6*
918
918
5516
6516
21516
334
4716
41516
4
16
1814
1814
2
2
19
19
12
14
1
5
1
1
16
16CHTE6*
1058
6516
31316
16
2114
29
18
3
3716
18CHTE6*
18CHTE7*
1218
1218
638
738
31316
4516
5
5916
8
3
8
2414
2414
8
5
8
39
39
20
3
3716
20CHTE6*
20CHTE7*
1318
1318
638
738
378
438
5116
558
8
8
2614
2614
8
8
63
63
3716
24CHTE7*
1518
738
438
558
3014
87
24
Bolts - N
Outside with Feet

Outside tubular trough ends with feet are used to
support end bearing where trough support is
required. Drilling for bronze bearing or flanged ball
Bolts - M
D
Conveyor
Diameter
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
Friction
Bearing
Ball
Bearing
Roller
Bearing
Weight
4CHTEF2*
378
458
2316
158
534
158
112
6CHTEF3*
5116
558
3316
2316
31116
818
134
1018
112
2
9CHTEF3*
9CHTEF4*
61932
61932
778
778
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
938
938
112
112
258
258
4
1
4
1314
1314
2
1
2
10
112
2
10CHTEF3*
10CHTEF4*
738
738
878
878
314
414
2316
212
31116
31316
912
912
134
134
278
278
4
4
1434
1434
2
2
2
2716
3
12CHTEF4*
12CHTEF5*
12CHTEF6*
818
818
818
958
958
958
414
514
614
2916
21516
334
378
4716
41516
1214
1214
1214
158
158
158
234
234
234
4
4
1
4
1614
1614
1614
8
8
5
8
2716
3
14CHTEF5*
14CHTEF6*
918
918
1078
1078
5516
6516
21516
334
4716
41516
1312
1312
158
158
278
278
4
16
1814
1814
8
8
16
16CHTEF6*
1058
12
6516
31316
1478
314
16
2114
18
3
3716
18CHTEF6*
18CHTEF7*
1218
1218
1338
1338
638
738
31316
4516
5
5916
16
16
2
2
314
314
8
3
8
2414
2414
8
5
8
20
3
3716
20CHTEF6*
20CHTEF7*
1318
1318
15
15
638
738
378
438
5116
558
1914
1914
214
214
334
334
8
8
2614
2614
4
4
3716
24CHTEF7*
1518
1818
738
438
558
20
212
418
3014
12
14
24
*BB
Ball Bearing
*BR
*RB
SEARCH
1
5
Bronze Bearing
Roller Bearing
EXIT
8
3
8
10
10
8
8
12
12
2
2
2
22
22
22
2
2
24
24
44
8
5
8
56
56
8
8
92
92
134
For Bolt Pattern see Page H-40
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-65
Saddles Feet
Trough End Flanges
Bolt N
Bolt M
Bolt M
Flange Foot
Saddle
Trough feet are used to support trough at trough

connections.
Trough saddles are used to support trough where

flange feet cannot be used at connections.
Part Number
Weight
Conveyor
Diameter
Saddle
Flange Foot
4
6
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
4TS
6TS
9TS
10TS
12TS
14TS
16TS
18TS
20TS
24TS
4TFF
6TFF
9TFF
10TFF
12TFF
14TFF
16TFF
18TFF
20TFF
24TFF
Conveyor
Diameter
4
6
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
458
558
778
878
958
1078
12
1338
15
1818
*Holes for Bolt M Slotted
1316
1316
112
112
112
134
134
134
214
214
Saddle
Flange Foot
1.5
2.0
4.5
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
10
13
15
534
818
938
912
1214
1312
1478
16
1914
20
738
10
12
1238
15
1612
18
1918
2234
24
8
16
5
1 16
1916
138
138
134
134
2
214
112
112
212
212
212
212
3
3
312
4
13
1.5
2.0
4.5
5.0
6.0
7.0
7.5
9.5
12.5
14.5
M*
16
16
3
16
3
16
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
8
8
1
2
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
3
4
3
4
8
8
3
8
3
8
1
2
1
2
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
4
4
8
3
8
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
5
8
5
8
3
Add F for Fitted
Trough End Flanges

A
Size
Thru 10 Ga.
4
6
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
4TF*
6TF*
9TF*
10TF*
12TF*
14TF*
16TF*
18TF*
20TF*
24TF*
A
B
Trough Thickness
Part No.
5 4
714
1014
1114
1314
1514
1714
1914
2114
2514
1
SEARCH
EXIT
4
4
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1 4
112
134
134
2
2
2
212
212
212
Weight
16 & 14
5 8
738
1012
1112
1312
1512
1712
1912
2112
2512
3
Red Rubber
Gasket
Part No.
3 8
414
578
618
712
9
1038
13
11 16
13316
1612
3
*10 used for troughs through 10 ga.
H-66
1
1
1
8
8
8
3
8
1
2
1
2
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
3
3
.09
1.5
2.4
2.6
5.6
6.5
7.4
10.2
11.3
15.5
4TFG
6TFG
9TFG
10TFG
12TFG
14TFG
16TFG
18TFG
20TFG
24TFG
*3 used for troughs 316 and 14 thick
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
End
Bearings
Ball Bearing Discharge Unit
Bronze Flange Unit
Bore
Part Number
1
112
2
2716
3
3716
TEB2BR
TEB3BR
TEB4BR
TEB5BR
TEB6BR
TEB7BR
234
4
518
558
6
634
334
538
612
738
734
914
2
314
4316
41516
51116
614
16
3
4
7
8
1
1
1 8
114
8
1
2
5
8
5
8
3
4
3
4
Bore
1
112
2
2716
3
3716
Part Number
1
112
2
2716
3
3716
TEB2BB
TEB3BB
TEB4BB
TEB5BB
TEB6BB
TEB7BB
234
4
518
558
6
634
Part Number
112
2
2716
3
3716
TEB3R
TEB4R
TEB5R
TEB6R
TEB7R
418
438
538
6
7
138
2
218
212
312
4
2
9
16
5
8
11
16
7
8
1
Bore
Part Number
334
518
612
7
734
8716
138
2
238
212
312
4
2
9
16
11
16
11
16
7
8
1
8
1
2
5
8
5
8
3
4
3
4
112
2
2716
3
3716
TEBH3
TEBH4
TEBH5
TEBH6
TEBH7
378
558
714
8
812
912
538
714
8
978
11
12
11516
21316
358
4
414
434
21116
358
4
41516
512
6
2
212
3
312
4
412
8
2
2
5
8
3
4
3
4
1
4
518
538
6
7
514
638
678
734
914
212
212
3916
358
434
2
1
2
9
16
5
8
3
4
2
2
8
3
4
3
4
1
5
Use #220 Type Hanger Bearings, See Page H-90
Ball Bearing Pillow Block
Roller Bearing Flange Unit
Bore
TDB2BB
TDB3BB
TDB4BB
TDB5BB
TDB6BB
TDB7BB
Trough End Bearing Housing
Ball Bearing Flange Unit
Bore
Part Number
538
558
678
734
914
312
358
4316
41116
514
1316
1316
112
158
178
2
2
8
3
4
3
4
1
5
Bore
Part Number
1
112
2
2716
3
3716
TPB2BB
TPB3BB
TPB4BB
TPB5BB
TPB6BB
TPB7BB
16
11316
1916
1916
11516
214
13
16
114
138
158
218
238
8
1
2
5
8
5
8
7
8
7
8
13
418
538
614
714
9
1118
518
658
734
9
1158
1378
112
2
214
212
312
438
3316
418
4916
512
718
814
1716
218
214
234
312
4
138
11516
2316
2916
314
338
Roller Bearing Pillow Block
Bronze Discharge Unit

N
Bore
1
112
2
2716
3
3716
Part Number
TDB2BR
TDB3BR
TDB4BR
TDB5BR
TDB6BR
TDB7BR
2
314
4316
41516
51116
614
2
9
16
5
8
11
16
7
8
1
1
378
558
714
8
812
912
538
714
8
978
11
12
SEARCH
11516
21316
358
4
414
434
21116
358
4
41516
512
6
EXIT
1
114
158
178
218
212
8
1
2
5
8
5
8
3
4
3
4
Bore
112
2
2716
3
3716
PREVIOUS
Part Number
TPB3R
TPB4R
TPB5R
TPB6R
TPR7R
338
312
4
412
5
114
138
158
178
214
NEXT
2
5
8
5
8
3
4
7
8
614
7
812
912
11
INDEX
778
878
1012
12
14
238
212
278
318
358
414
412
512
614
712
218
214
234
318
334
H-67
Thrust
Bearings
Type E Thrust Assembly
Bolts N
Type E roller thrust bearings are designed

to carry thrust in both directions and carry
radial load under normal conditions. This
double roller bearing is furnished with a lip
type seal plate and either drive or tail shaft
whichever is applicable to conveyor
design.
A
THRUST
Part Number
Shaft
Diameter
Drive
Shaft
End
Shaft
112
2
2716
3
3716
CT3D
CT4D
CT5D
CT6D
CT7D
CT3E
CT4E
CT5E
CT6E
CT7E
Drive
Shaft
538
558
678
734
914
434
5
512
612
712
Weight
End
Shaft
4
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
418
438
538
6
7
4
418
41116
5316
6
11116
11116
2
218
258
Drive
Shaft
End
Shaft
2
2
5
8
3
4
3
4
114
114
11316
178
238
4
412
5
6
7
22
32
50
73
111
20
29
44
60
88
1
1
Heavy Duty RB End Thrust Bearings

P x R. Lg. Bolts
(4) Reqd
O Keyway
THRUST
Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds

A
With Drive
Shaft
With Tail
Shaft
Shaft
Dia.
Part No.
Weight
Part No.
Weight
Drive
Shaft
End
Shaft
1 2
2
2716
3
3716
CTH3D
CTH4D
CTH5D
CTH6D
CTH7D
60
65
80
145
170
CTH3E
CTH4E
CTH5E
CTH6E
CTH7E
52
56
66
119
140
4 2
412
5916
618
718
4
4
5
16
1
4
3
8
6 4
634
614
814
814
1 8
118
114
112
112
4 8
478
5716
538
758
1
1
112
138
238
3
3
3
3
4
1
1
8
8
15
16
1
114
7
8
8
9
16
3
8
7
8
7 4
714
8
10
10
5 4
534
614
8
8
1 16
1316
112
134
134
1
1
Keyway
8 4 4
8 414
5
8 514
3
4 534
7
8 634
3
4
4
3
4
1
1
2 2
212
3
312
312
434
434
512
6
6
3
3
Other shaft sizes available are 31516, 4716 & 41516. Please consult factory.
Thrust Washers
* SPECIAL TROUGH END

CENTER HOLE IS REQUIRED
Thrust washers are designed for use where

light thrust loads prevail. Style A or B mounting
may be used depending on direction of thrust.
This unit consists of two steel washers separated by one bronze washer, and Style B is not
recommended for use in conveyors handling
abrasive materials.
THRUST
STYLE - A
STYLE - B
H-68
THRUST
Washers & Collar

Style A
Washer Set
Style B
1
1.25
1.5
2
3
114
1716
112
112
158
114
134
218
234
314
NEXT
INDEX
Size
Shaft
Part No.
Weight
Part No.
Weight
112
2
2716
3
3716
CTCW3
CTCW4
CTCW5
CTCW6
CTCW7
2.4
2.8
3.9
4.6
6.1
CTW3
CTW4
CTW5
CTW6
CTW7
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
Shaft
Seals
Compression Type Packing Gland Seal
PACKING
A
Shaft
Diameter
112
2
2716
3
3716
Part
Number
Weight
Bolts
PGC3
PGC4
PGC5
PGC6
PGC7
5
718
758
812
914
4
518
558
6
634
2
8
5
8
3
4
3
4
Flanged gland seals consist of an external

housing and an internal gland which is forced
into the housing to compress the packing. This
is the most positive type shaft seal and may be
used where pressure requirements are desired.
14
18
21
27
30
*Braided rope graphite packing is standard. Other types available on request.
Split Gland Seal
Bolts N
A
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
112
2
2716
3
3716
CSS3
CSS4
CSS5
CSS6
CSS7
434
614
678
712
834
2316
258
3116
3916
418
1716
112
158
158
218
212
212
314
314
334
Weight
578
612
758
858
1014
8
8
1
1
114
2
2
5
8
5
8
3
4
5
10
15
22
30
7
7
1
1
Split gland compression type seals provide for

easy replacement and adjustment of packing
pressure on the shaft without removal of the
conveyor. These seals are normally installed
inside the end plates.
BALL
Flanged Product Drop-Out Seal
D = SIZE
OF BOLT
OPEN
Dimensions in inches and average weight in pounds

A
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
1
112
2
2716
3
3716
CSFP2
CSFP3
CSFP4
CSFP5
CSFP6
CSFP7
Weight
B1
1.75
3.4
5.3
5.8
7.2
218
25764
3316
3916
438
43132
234
4
518
558
6
634
SEARCH
EXIT
11
16
8
7
8
7
8
7
8
1
PREVIOUS
16
2
5
8
5
8
3
4
3
4
NEXT
This flange type dust seal is designed for insertion between trough end and flanged bearing.
The cast iron housing is open on all four sides
for exit of material that might work past seal or
lubricant from bearing.
INDEX
H-69
Shaft
Seals
Waste Pack Seal
With Lip Seal
Waste pack seals are furnished with waste

packing in combination with lip seal. This
type seal is normally installed between the
trough end and bearing, but may be used
separtely on pedestal type trough ends. An
opening is provided at top for repacking
without removing seal from trough end.
A
Shaft
Part
Number
112
2
2716
3
3716
CSW3
CSW4
CSW5
CSW6
CSW7
538
612
738
734
914
H Bolts
Weight
134
134
134
134
214
(B)
(R)
4
518
558
6
634
418
438
538
6
7
(B)
(R)
2
8
5
8
3
4
3
4
2
2
8
3
4
3
4
6
8
10
13
16
Plate Seal
Plate seals are the most common and economical seal. They are furnished with a lip
seal. This type seal is normally installed
between the trough end and bearing, but may
be used separately on pedestal type trough
ends. Slotted mounting holes allow use with
both ball and roller flanged bearings.
A
Shaft Diameter
112
2
2716
3
3716
H-70
Part
Number
CSP3
CSP4
CSP5
CSP6
CSP7
538
612
738
734
914
SEARCH
EXIT
H Bolts
2
2
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
1
PREVIOUS
Weight
(B)
(R)
4
518
558
6
634
418
438
538
6
7
NEXT
(B)
2
8
5
8
3
4
3
4
(R)
2
2
8
3
4
3
4
INDEX
2
3
4
5
8
Conveyor
Screws
Helicoid flights are formed in a special rolling machine by
forming a steel strip into a continuous one-piece helix of the
desired diameter, pitch and thickness to fit conveyor screw
pipes. The helicoid flight is tapered in cross section, with the
thickness at the inner edge approximately twice the thickness
of the outer edge.
Sectional flights are individual flights or turns blanked
from steel plates and formed into a spiral or helix of the
desired diameter and pitch to fit conveyor screw pipes. The
flights are butt welded together to form a continuous conveyor
screw. Modifications can be furnished, such as, fabrication
from various metals, different flight thicknesses, other diameters and pitches. The buttweld flight is the same thickness in
the full cross section.
Helicoid Flight
Sectional Flight
Key to Conveyor Size Designation

The letter H indicates screw conveyor with helicoid flighting. The figures to the left of the letters indicate the nominal outside diameter of the conveyor in inches. The first figure following the letters is twice the diameter of the couplings in inches. The last two figures indicate the nominal thickness of flighting at the outer edge in 164. Thus conveyor 12H408 indicates 12 diameter helicoid
conveyor for 2 couplings with flighting 864 or 18 thickness at outer edge. Hand of conveyor is indicated by R or L following the
designation.
Comparison Table helicoid flight and sectional flight conveyor screws
Helicoid Flight
Screw
Diameter,
Inches
Conveyor
Screw
Size
Designation
Former
Designation
Nominal
Inside
Diameter
of Pipe,
Inches
Coupling
Diameter,
Inches
Conveyor
Screw
Size
Designation
Coupling
Diameter,
Inches
Nominal
Inside
Diameter
of Pipe,
Inches
Thickness
of Flight
16
8
16
6S309
6S312
112
112
2
2
10 ga.
3
16 in.
32
32
3
16
3
16
7
32
3
32
3
16
9S307
9S407
9S312
9S412
9S416
10S309
10S412
112
2
112
2
2
112
2
2
212
2
212
212
2
212
12 ga.
12 ga.
3
16 in.
3
16 in.
1
4 in.
10 ga.
3
16 in.
8
8
3
16
3
16
7
32
1
8
7
32
12S409
12S509
12S412
12S512
12S616
14S509
14S616
2
2716
2
2716
3
2716
3
212
3
212
3
312
3
312
10 ga.
10 ga.
3
16 in.
3
16 in.
1
4 in.
10 ga.
1
4 in.
32
32
16S609
16S616
3
3
312
312
10 ga.
1
4 in.
Thickness of
Flight, Inches
Inner
Edge
4H206
114
6H304
6H308
6H312
6 Standard
6X
6 XX
112
112
112
2
2
2
8
1
4
3
8
9H306
9H406
9H312
9H412
9H414
10H306
10H412
9 Standard
9 Special
9X
9 XX
10 Standard
10 XX
112
2
112
2
2
112
2
2
212
2
212
212
2
212
16
16
3
8
3
8
7
16
3
16
3
8
12H408
12H508
12H412
12H512
12H614
14H508
14H614
12 Standard
12 Special
12 X
12 XX
14 Standard
14 XX
2
2716
2
2716
3
2716
3
212
3
212
3
312
3
312
4
4
3
8
3
8
7
16
1
4
7
16
16H610
16H614
16 Standard
3
3
312
4
16
16
10
12
14
16
16
Outer
Edge
4X
Sectional Flight
32
1
3
Size designation: Examples: 12H412 and 12S412.

12 = screw diameter in inches
H = helicoid flight
S = sectional flight
4 = 2 times 2 coupling diameter
12 = thickness of flight at periphery in increments of 164
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-71
Conveyor
Screws
Basic Conveyor Flight and Pitch Types
Standard Pitch, Single Flight
Tapered, Standard Pitch, Single Flight

Conveyor screws with pitch
equal to screw diameter are
considered standard. They
are suitable for a wide range
of materials in most conventional applications.
Short Pitch, Single Flight
Screw flights increase from

3 full diameter. Used in
screw feeders to provide uniform withdrawal of lumpy
materials. Generally equivalent to and more economical
than variable pitch.
2
Single Cut-Flight, Standard Pitch

Flight pitch is reduced to 2 3
diameter. Recommended for
inclined or vertical applications. Used in screw feeders.
Shorter pitch retards flushing
of materials which fluidize.
Half Pitch, Single Flight
Screws are notched at regular intervals at outer edge.

Affords mixing action and
agitation of material in transit. Useful for moving materials which tend to pack.
Cut & Folded Flight, Standard Pitch

Similar to short pitch, except
pitch is reduced to 1 2 standard pitch. Useful for vertical
or inclined applications, for
screw feeders and for handling extremely fluid materials.
Long Pitch, Single Flight
Flow
Folded flight segments lift

and spill the material. Partially retarded flow provides
thorough mixing action. Excellent for heating, cooling or
aerating light substances.
Single Flight Ribbon

Excellent for conveying sticky
or viscous materials. Open
space between flighting and
pipe eliminates collection and
build-up of the material.
Pitch is equal to 11 2 diameters. Useful for agitating fluid

materials or for rapid movement of very free-flowing
materials.
Available in post type or

integral leg.
Variable Pitch, Single Flight
Standard Pitch with Paddles

Flights have increasing pitch
and are used in screw feeders to provide uniform withdrawal of fine, free-flowing
materials over the full length
of the inlet opening.
Variable
Double Pitch, Single Flight
Adjustable paddles positioned between screw flights

oppose flow to provide gentle
but thorough mixing action.
Paddle
Double flight, standard pitch
screws provide smooth, regular material flow and uniform movement of certain
types of materials.
H-72
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
Adjustable paddles provide

complete mixing action, and
controlled material flow.
As
Required
NEXT
INDEX
Conveyor Screws
(Helicoid)
Length
Length
Helicoid Conveyor Screw
Screw
Diameter
Coupling
Diameter
Size
Part No.
Conveyor
Mounted
Size
Part No.
Flighting
Only
Flighting
D
Pipe Size
Inside
Flight
Thickness
F
Inside
Outside
Outside
4H206*
4HF206*
114
158
112
6H304*
6HF304*
238
112
6H308*
6HF308*
238
112
6H312*
6HF312*
238
112
9H306*
9HF306*
238
112
9H312*
9HF312*
238
9H406*
9HF406*
212
278
9H412*
9HF412*
212
278
9H414*
9HF414*
212
278
16
16
10
14
16
16
16
Coupling
Bearing
Length
Standard
Length
Per
Foot
40
16
1.3
52
14
1.4
9-10
62
28
2.8
16
9-10
72
42
4.3
32
9-10
70
31
3.2
16
9-10
101
10
65
6.1
32
9-10
91
30
3.0
16
9-10
121
12
60
6.6
32
9-10
131
13
70
6.3
32
9-10
81
48
4.9
16
9-10
130
13
76
7.7
11-10
140
12
67
5.7
16
11-10
180
15
102
8.6
11-9
168
14
64
5.4
16
11-9
198
17
96
8.2
32
11-9
220
18
112
9.3
10H306*
10HF306*
2 8
10H412*
10HF412*
212
278
12H408*
12HF408*
2 2
2 8
12H412*
12HF412*
212
278
2716
12H508*
12HF508*
312
16
Per
Foot
9-10
1 2
112
Standard
Length
Flighting Only
32
Complete Screw
9-1012
12
16
Average Weight
Standard
Length
Feet-Inches
2716
12H512*
12HF512*
312
12H614*
12HF614*
312
16
2716
14H508*
14HF508*
312
11-9
170
14
84
7.1
14H614*
14HF614*
312
16
32
11-9
254
22
132
11.2
16
32
11-9
228
19
120
10.0
16
32
11-9
285
24
154
11.7
16
32
11-9
282
24
167
13.9
16H610*
16HF610*
3 2
16H614*
16HF614*
412
18
18H610*
18HF610*
3 2
* R For Right Hand

* L For Left Hand
Offered only in full pitch helicoid flighting.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-73
Conveyor Screws
(Sectional)
Length
Sectional Conveyor Screw
A
Screw
Diameter
10
12
B
Coupling
Diameter
Flight
Pipe Size
Size
Part No.
Mounted
Conveyor
Size
Part No.
Flighting
Only
D
Inside
Outside
Flight
Thickness
112
6S312*
6SF312*
238
112
6S316*
6SF316*
238
112
9S312*
9SF312*
238
112
9S316*
9SF316*
238
112
9S324*
9SF324*
238
9S412*
9SF412*
212
278
9S416*
9SF416*
212
278
9S424*
9SF424*
212
278
112
10S312*
10SF312*
238
112
10S316*
10SF316*
238
112
10S324*
10SF324*
238
10S412*
10SF412*
212
278
10S416*
10SF416*
212
278
10S424*
10SF424*
212
278
12S412*
12SF412*
212
278
12S416*
12SF416*
212
278
12S424*
12SF424*
212
278
2716
12S509*
12SF509*
Average Weight
Coupling
Bearing
Length
Standard
Length
Feet-Inches
Standard
Length
Per
Foot
Flight
Each
Approx.
Flights
Per Foot
16
9-10
75
7.5
1.7
2.0
9-10
90
8.0
2.2
2.0
16
9-10
95
9.5
4.3
1.33
9-10
130
13.0
5.5
1.33
9-10
160
16.0
7.9
1.33
16
9-10
115
11.5
4.3
1.33
9-10
130
13.0
5.5
1.33
9-10
160
16.0
7.9
1.33
16
9-10
120
12.0
5.0
1.2
9-10
135
13.5
6.7
1.2
9-10
165
16.5
8.7
1.2
16
9-10
120
12.0
5.0
1.2
9-10
135
13.5
6.7
1.2
9-10
165
16.5
8.7
1.2
16
11-10
156
13.0
7.2
1.0
11-10
204
17.0
9.7
1.0
11-10
268
22.3
12.7
1.0
312
10 Ga.
11-9
160
14.0
5.7
1.0
16
11-9
178
14.8
7.2
1.0
11-9
210
17.5
9.7
1.0
11-9
274
22.5
12.7
1.0
16
11-9
198
16.5
7.2
1.0
11-9
216
18.0
9.7
1.0
11-9
280
24.0
12.7
1.0
2716
12S512*
12SF512*
312
2716
12S516*
12SF516*
312
2716
12S524*
12SF524*
312
12S612*
12SF612*
312
12S616*
12SF616*
312
12S624*
12SF624*
312
* R For Right Hand

* L For Left Hand
H-74
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Conveyor Screws
(Sectional)
Length
Sectional Conveyor Screw
Flight
Pipe Size
Size
Part No.
Mounted
Conveyor
Size
Part No.
Flighting
Only
Inside
Outside
Screw
Diameter
Coupling
Diameter
14
2716
14S512*
14SF512*
312
2716
14S516*
14SF516*
312
2716
14S524*
14SF524*
312
14S612*
14SF612*
312
14S616*
14SF616*
312
14S624*
14SF624*
312
16S612*
16SF612*
312
16S616*
16SF616*
312
16S624*
16SF624*
312
16S632*
16SF632*
312
18S612*
18SF612*
3 2
18S616*
18SF616*
312
18S624*
18SF624*
312
18S632*
18SF632*
312
3716
18S712*
18SF712*
412
3716
18S716*
18SF716*
412
3716
18S724*
18SF724*
412
3716
18S732*
18SF732*
412
20S612*
20SF612*
3 2
20S616*
20SF616*
312
20S624*
20SF624*
312
20S632*
20SF632*
312
3716
20S712*
20SF712*
412
3716
20S716*
20SF716*
412
3716
20S724*
20SF724*
412
3716
20S732*
20SF732*
412
3716
24S712*
24SF712*
412
3716
24S716*
24SF716*
412
3716
24S724*
24SF724*
412
3716
24S732*
24SF732*
412
16
18
20
24
Flight
Thickness
Average Weight
Coupling
Bearing
Length
Standard
Length
Feet-Inches
Standard
Length
Per
Foot
Flight
Each
Approx.
Flights
Per Foot
16
11-9
214
18.0
9.9
.86
11-9
240
20.0
13.2
.86
11-9
330
27.5
19.8
.86
16
11-9
222
19.0
9.9
.86
11-9
246
21.0
13.2
.86
11-9
342
29.0
19.8
.86
16
11-9
234
20.0
14.0
.75
11-9
282
24.0
18.0
.75
11-9
365
31.0
25.5
.75
11-9
402
33.5
36.0
.75
16
11-9
246
21.0
18.0
.67
11-9
294
25.0
24.0
.67
11-9
425
36.0
34.5
.67
11-9
530
44.0
46.0
.67
16
11-8
293
24.4
18.0
.67
11-8
345
28.8
24.0
.67
11-8
470
39.2
34.5
.67
11-8
570
47.5
46.0
.67
16
11-9
300
26.0
20.0
.60
11-9
360
31.0
28.0
.60
11-9
410
33.4
40.0
.60
11-9
506
42.2
56.0
.60
16
11-8
310
27.0
20.0
.60
11-8
370
32.0
28.0
.60
11-8
475
40.0
40.0
.60
11-8
525
45.0
56.0
.60
16
11-8
440
37.0
32.0
.50
11-8
510
43.0
42.0
.50
11-8
595
50.0
63.0
.50
11-8
690
60.0
84.0
.50
* R For Right Hand

* L For Left Hand
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-75
Conveyor Screws
(Ribbon)
Ribbon flight conveyor screws consist of sectional flights, buttwelded together to form a continuous helix. Flights are secured to the pipe by
supporting legs. Both ends of the pipe are prepared with internal collars and drilling to accept
couplings, drive shafts and end shafts. They are
used to convey sticky, gummy, or viscous substances, or where the material tends to adhere
to flighting and pipe.
Length
Ribbon Conveyor Screw
Post
Integral (Int)
Leg
Screw
Diameter
Coupling
Diameter
112
6R312*
238
112
9R316*
238
10
112
10R316*
238
12
12R416*
212
278
12R424*
212
278
2716
12R524*
312
2716
14R516*
312
2716
14R524*
312
14R624*
312
16R616*
312
16R624*
312
18
18R624*
312
20
3 16
20R724*
4 2
24
3716
24R724*
412
14
16
Inside
Weight
Flight Size
Pipe Size
Size
Part No.
Mounted
Conveyor
Outside
F
Thickness
G
Width
H
Coupling
Bearing
Length
Standard
Length
Feet-Inches
SEARCH
EXIT
Standard
Length
Per
Foot
16
9-10
65
112
9-10
100
10
112
9-10
110
11
11-10
180
15
212
11-10
216
19
212
11-9
240
21
212
11-9
228
19
212
11-9
264
22
212
11-9
288
25
212
11-9
276
24
212
11-9
324
28
11-9
384
33
11-8
408
35
11-8
424
36
* R For Right Hand

* L For Left Hand
H-76
Complete Screw
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
6.5
Conveyor
Screws
Quick Detachable (QD) Helicoid Conveyor
Q.D. Quick Detachable conveyor screws are designed for convenient removal from the conveyor assembly. Each section of
screw has a Q.D. cap at one end of the pipe. By removing this cap, a conveyor screw section can quickly and easily be removed
and returned to the conveyor assembly without disturbing the other screw sections. Quick Detachable conveyor can be furnished
both in helicoid and buttweld construction.
R.H. Shown
A
Nominal
Conveyor
Diameter
B
Size
Part No.
Mounted
Conveyor
Coupling
Diameter
6HQ304*
112
Standard-Length
Feet-Inches
Cap
Part
Number
End to End
of Pipe
9-10
3QDC2
Inside
Outside
238
9HQ306*
9HQ406*
1 2
9-10
3QDC2
2 8
9-10
4QDC25
2 2
2 8
9HQ414*
32
70
16
101
10
32
91
16
121
12
32
131
13
32
81
16
130
13
140
12
16
180
15
168
14
16
198
17
32
220
18
170
14
32
254
22
32
228
19
32
285
23.8
16
16
16
2 8
212
278
12HQ408*
11-10
4QDC25
212
278
1
3
12HQ512*
4QDC25
312
72
3QDC2
16
9-10
5QDC3
16
9-10
11-9
62
2716
52
1 2
12HQ614*
11-9
6QDC35
312
14HQ508*
2716
11-9
5QDC3
312
14HQ614*
11-9
6QDC35
312
16
16HQ614*
11-9
6QDC35
3 2
16
6QDC4
412
16
16HQ614*
3
11-9
Note: Q.D. caps are not recommended on the drive shaft end.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
Per
Foot
16
10HQ412*
Standard
Length
10HQ306*
Coupling
Bearing
Length
Average
Weight
16
12HQ508*
16
12HQ412*
14
9HQ412*
12
6HQ312*
3
G
Outside
1
1
9HQ312*
10
F
Inside
6HQ308*
Flight
Thickness
Pipe Size
INDEX
H-77
Conveyor
Screws
Quick Detachable (QD) Sectional Spiral Conveyors
C
R.H. Shown
B
A
Nominal
Conveyor
Diameter
Size
Part No.
Mounted
Conveyor
Coupling
Diameter
Cap
Part
Number
Pipe Size
Standard Length
Feet-Inches
End to End
of Pipe
112
9SQ407*
9SQ409*
9SQ412*
9SQ416*
9SQ424*
10SQ309*
112
9-10
3QDC2
10SQ412*
10SQ416*
9-10
4QDC25
2 2
12SQ409*
12SQ412*
12SQ416*
11-10
4QDC25
212
12SQ509*
12SQ512*
2716
11-9
5QDC3
12SQ612*
12SQ616*
12SQ624*
11-9
6QDC35
14SQ509*
14SQ512*
2716
11-9
5QDC3
312
10
3
16
14SQ612*
14SQ616*
14SQ624*
11-9
6QDC35
312
16
16SQ609*
16SQ612*
16SQ616*
16SQ624*
11-9
6QDC35
312
18
18SQ612*
18SQ616*
18SQ624*
11-9
6QDC35
312
20SQ612*
20SQ616*
20SQ724*
3716
11-8
7QDC4
412
24SQ712*
24SQ716*
24SQ724*
3 16
11-8
7QDC4
4 2
10
12
14
20
24
H-78
9-10
4QDC25
212
238
Coupling
Bearing
Length
9SQ307*
9SQ309*
9SQ312*
9SQ316*
3QDC2
Flight
Thickness
112
9-10
3QDC2
Outside
6SQ307*
6SQ309*
6SQ312*
6SQ316*
9-10
Inside
12
10
3
16
1
4
238
12
10
3
16
1
4
7.3
8.0
9.5
13
9
10
11.5
13.0
16
85
8.5
2 8
16
4
120
135
12.0
13.5
278
10
3
16
1
4
140
156
204
12.0
13.0
17
312
10
3
16
160
178
14
15
312
191
216
280
16.5
18.0
24
185
214
16
18
16
4
3
8
222
246
342
19
21
29
10
3
16
1
4
3
8
210
234
282
365
18
20
24
31
16
4
3
8
246
294
425
21
25
36
16
4
300
360
26
31
475
40
16
4
3
8
410
510
595
37
43
50
16
4
3
8
312
EXIT
73
80
95
120
10
SEARCH
6.2
6.5
7.5
8.0
238
62
65
75
90
6QDC35
Per
Foot
90
100
115
130
160
11-9
Standard
Length
12
10
3
16
1
4
3
8
278
Average Weight
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Conveyor Screw
(Components)
Coupling
Diameter
Coupling Bolts
Conveyor coupling bolts are manufactured

from special analysis high-torque steel. Close
tolerance and no threads inside of the conveyor pipe allow for a minimum of wear. Lock nuts
are furnished with each bolt.
Internal Collar
End Lugs
Feed End
End lugs are welded opposite the carrying side

of the conveyor flight and provide maximum
support with minimum obstruction of material
flow.
EXIT
8 2116
CCB2
.13
2 3
CCB3
.2
8 358
CCB4
.45
8 438
CCB5
.5
4 5
CCB6
.85
4 512
CCB6A
.9
8 512
CCB7
112
238
278
2716
312
412
3716
412
Inside
Pipe
Diameter
Weight
Each
Lbs.
1.29
Part
Number
Standard
Weight
Each
Lbs.
114
CIC2
.58
112
CIC3
2.06
212
CIC4
2.16
2716
CIC5
3.72
312
CIC6
4.03
CIC6A
8.03
3716
CIC7
6.52
Part Number
Intake End
Standard
Discharge End
Standard
Weight
Each
Lbs.
6CELI*
6CELD*
.06
9CELI*
9CELD*
.15
10
9CELI*
9CELD*
.15
12
12CELI*
12CELD*
.2
14
12CELI*
12CELD*
.2
16
16CELI*
16CELD*
.4
18
16CELI*
16CELD*
.4
20
16CELI*
16CELD*
.4
24
16CELI*
16CELD*
.4
* R For Right Hand Flight
SEARCH
Part
Number
Standard
158
Conveyor
Diameter
Flow
Bolt
Size
Coupling
Diameter
Internal collars are made from seamless tubing

machined for a press fit in the conveyor pipe.
When installed at the factory collars are jig
drilled and plug welded into the pipe. No drilling
in replacement collars is furnished allowing for
field drilling to match existing bolt holes.
Discharge End
Outside
Pipe
Diameter
PREVIOUS
* L For Left Hand Flight
NEXT
INDEX
H-79
No. 1
Drive Shaft
No. 1 drive shafts are normally used where standard end
plates are furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.
No. 1 Drive Shaft Used Without Seal*

Bronze Bearing
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
Ball Bearing
Weight
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
Weight
1CD2B
912
312
2.0
1CD2BB
1.8
112
1CD3B
1234
434
314
6.3
112
1CD3BB
1112
312
314
5.6
1CD4B
15
534
412
13.3
1CD4BB
1318
378
412
11.5
2716
1CD5B
1738
512
21.0
2716
1CD5BB
1518
434
512
18.0
1CD6B
1918
818
37.0
1CD6BB
1658
558
32.0
3716
1CD7B
23
714
60.4
3716
1CD7BB
2058
658
714
52.5
Weight
**Consult Factory
No. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seals*
Bronze Bearing
Ball Bearing
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
Weight
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
1CD2B-P
112
1CD3B-P
2.1
314
6.6
112
2
2716
614
412
14.1
512
24.3
1958
858
2418
1018
714
10
1314
514
1CD4B-P
1514
1CD5B-P
1838
1CD6B-P
3716
1CD7B-P
1CD2BB-P
912
312
2.0
1CD3BB-P
1238
438
314
6.2
1CD4BB-P
14
434
412
12.5
2716
1CD5BB-P
1578
512
512
21
38.0
1CD6BB-P
1712
612
35
61.0
3716
1CD7BB-P
2112
712
714
56.5
Weight
**Consult Factory
No. 1 Drive Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal*

Bronze Bearing
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
1CD2B-W
112
1CD3B-W
2
2716
Ball Bearing
Weight
Shaft
Diameter
2.2
314
7.2
112
712
412
14.9
834
512
23.3
2716
2078
978
40.5
2578
1178
714
66.3
3716
11
414
1412
612
1CD4B-W
1634
1CD5B-W
1918
1CD6B-W
3716
1CD7B-W
Part
Number
1CD2BB-W
1012
334
2.0
1CD3BB-W
1314
514
314
6.4
1CD4BB-W
1478
558
412
13.0
1CD5BB-W
1678
612
512
20.5
1CD6BB-W
1838
738
35.5
1CD7BB-W
2278
878
714
58.4
*Shaft length allows for 2 hanger bearing length as clearance between end plate and screw
**Consult Factory
1
H-80
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
No. 2 and No. 3

Drive Shafts
No. 2 Drive Shaft
Shaft
Diameter
No. 2 drive shafts are used where pedestal

type trough ends with single bearing are
furnished. Jig drilling allows for ease of
installation.
Part
Number
Weight
2CD2
11
314
214
212
2.5
112
2CD3
1612
314
312
1134
8.3
2CD4
1834
514
414
412
14
17.0
2716
2CD5
2178
512
512
17
29.0
2CD6
2312
612
512
612
1812
49.0
3716
2CD7
27
634
712
2014
75.0
Weight
734
214
10
No. 3 Drive Shaft
Shaft
Diameter
No. 3 drive shafts are used where pedestal type

trough ends with double bearings are furnished.
Jig drilling allows for ease of installation.
Part
Number
3CD2
13
112
3CD3
1914
1114
314
1412
10
3CD4
2514
1614
414
2012
21
2716
3CD5
2878
1834
514
24
36
3CD6
3312
2214
614
2812
62
3716
3CD7
3914
2514
714
3212
95
Drive Shaft Keyways

Shaft
Diameter
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
112
2716
3716
NEXT
16
4
16
8
16
INDEX
H-81
Shafts
Coupling
Conveyor couplings are used to join individual
lengths of conveyor screws and allow for rotation
within the hanger bearing. Mild steel couplings are
normally furnished; however induction hardened
bearing area couplings may be furnished where
highly abrasive materials are being conveyed. Jig
drilling allows for ease of installation.
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number*
A1
CC2
112
CC3
CC4
2716
CC5
15
CC6
3716
CC7
2
8
712
112
1.5
1112
434
5.6
Weight
1112
434
9.8
15
16
1234
478
15.4
13
23.8
112
114
1712
634
44.5
16
*Add H for Hardened Shaft.
Shaft is induction hardened in bearing area

only to 45-50 RC.
Close Coupling
Close couplings are used to adjoin conveyor screws
where no hanger is required. Jig drilling allows for
ease of installation.
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number
Weight
CCC2
1.3
112
CCC3
912
434
4.8
CCC4
912
434
8.5
2716
CCC5
934
478
12.9
CCC6
10
20.0
3716
CCC7
1312
634
37.0
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number*
Weight
Hanger End
Hanger end shafts are designed to connect only
one conveyor section to a hanger bearing. These
shafts may also be used in pairs to divide an excessively long conveyor assembly beween two drives.
CHE2
458
158
1.0
112
CHE3
678
218
3.5
CHE4
678
218
6.2
2716
CHE5
818
314
10.6
CHE6
814
314
16.5
3716
CHE7
1114
414
29.7
*Add H for Hardened Shaft

Shaft is induction hardened in bearing
area only to 45-50 RC.
H-82
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
End
Shaft
End shafts serve only to support the end conveyor section
and are therefore usually supplied in cold rolled steel. End
shafts are jig drilled for ease of assembly and close diametrical tolerances are held for proper bearing operation.
End Shaft Used Without Seal**

Bronze Bearing
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number*
Ball Bearing
Weight
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number*
Weight
CE2B
612
312
1.4
CE2BB
1.2
112
CE3B
914
412
4.5
112
CE3BB
814
312
3.8
CE4B
1014
512
9.0
CE4BB
858
378
7.5
2716
CE5B
1178
15.4
2716
CE5BB
958
434
12.4
CE6B
1318
818
25.6
CE6BB
1058
558
20.8
3716
CE7B
1638
958
42.4
3716
CE7BB
1338
658
34.4
Weight
***Consult Factory
End Shaft Used With Plate or Product Drop Out Seal**

Bronze Bearing
Ball Bearing
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number*
1
112
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number*
1.5
CE2BB-P
612
312
1.4
5.1
112
CE3BB-P
414
4.5
10.0
CE4BB-P
938
458
8.3
17.0
2716
CE5BB-P
1018
514
13.1
Weight
CE2B-P
CE3B-P
1014
512
CE4B-P
1114
612
2716
CE5B-P
1278
CE6B-P
1358
858
29.8
CE6BB-P
1112
612
23.0
3716
CE7B-P
1678
1018
44.0
3716
CE7BB-P
1418
738
37.1
Weight
***Consult Factory
End Shaft Used With Waste Pack Seal**

Bronze Bearing
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number*
Ball Bearing
Weight
Shaft
Diameter
Part
Number*
CE2B-W
414
1.6
CE2BB-W
712
334
1.4
112
CE3B-W
11
614
5.2
112
CE3BB-W
10
514
4.8
CE4B-W
12
814
10.4
CE4BB-W
1038
558
9.0
2716
CE5B-W
1358
834
17.6
2716
CE5BB-W
1138
612
14.8
CE6B-W
1478
978
28.2
CE6BB-W
1238
738
24.0
3716
CE7B-W
1858
1178
48.0
3716
CE7BB-W
1558
878
40.2
*Add H for Hardened Shaft.

**Shaft length allows for 12 hanger bearing length, clearance between end plate and screw.
***Consult Factory
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-83
Hangers
Pipe Tap 18
Style 220
No. 220 hangers are designed for mounting on top of
the trough flanges and may be used where dust-tight
or weather proof operation is not required. This type
hanger allows for minimum obstruction of material
flow in high capacity conveyors. Available with friction type bearing.
Conveyor
Diameter
Coupling
Size
Part
Number*
Bolts E
4CH2202
31316
312
16
112
6CH2203
412
412
16
112
2
9CH2203
9CH2204
618
618
412
412
4
1
4
10
112
2
10CH2203
10CH2204
638
638
412
412
4
4
2
2716
3
12CH2204
12CH2205
12CH2206
734
734
734
5
5
5
8
8
3
8
2716
3
14CH2205
14CH2206
914
914
5
5
2
2
12
14
M SLOT
M
Slot
16 3 4
16 1116
16 1116
9
11
16 1116
10
12
16 1516
16
21
28
16 1516
26
33
16 1516
39
16 11116
41
49
16 11116
43
51
16 11116
57
612
112
714
834
212
934
8
3
8
1214
1214
212
212
2
2
1312
1312
8
8
1314
1314
212
212
2
2
1412
1412
2
2
1
2
1534
1534
1534
212
212
212
2
3
3
1712
1712
1712
2
2
1734
1734
212
212
3
3
1912
1912
16
16CH2206
1058
1934
212
2112
18
3
3716
18CH2206
18CH2207
1218
1218
6
6
2
1
2
8
5
8
2214
2214
312
312
3
4
2412
2412
11
20
3
3716
20CH2206
20CH2207
1312
1312
6
6
2
2
8
8
2414
2414
312
312
3
4
2612
2612
11
3716
24CH2207
1612
2814
312
3012
11
24
*Refer to H-90 for bearings
Weight
Each
*For hangers with oil pipe add 0 to part number
Pipe Tap 18
Style 226
M SLOT
Bolts E
No. 226 hangers are designed for flush mounting

inside the trough permitting dust-tight or weatherproof operation. This type hanger allows for minimum
obstruction of material flow in high capacity conveyors. Also available with friction type bearing.
Conveyor
Diameter
Coupling
Size
Part
Number*
M
Slot
16 34
16 1116
16 1116
9
11
16 1116
10
12
16 1516
16
21
28
16 1516
26
33
16 1516
39
16 11116
41
49
16 11116
43
51
16 11116
57
4CH2262
358
312
16
11
16
112
112
6CH2263
412
412
16
212
112
2
9CH2263
9CH2264
10
10
618
618
412
412
4
1
4
8
3
8
1
1
212
212
2
2
10
112
2
10CH2263
10CH2264
11
11
638
638
412
412
4
4
8
8
1
1
212
212
2
2
2
2716
3
12CH2264
12CH2265
12CH2266
13
13
13
734
734
734
5
5
5
8
8
3
8
2
2
1
2
1
114
114
114
212
212
212
2
3
3
2716
3
14CH2265
14CH2266
15
15
914
914
5
5
2
2
2
2
138
138
212
212
3
3
12
14
16
16CH2266
17
1058
138
212
18
3
3716
18CH2266
18CH2267
19
19
1218
1218
6
6
2
1
2
8
5
8
112
112
312
312
3
4
11
20
3
3716
20CH2266
20CH2267
21
21
1312
1312
6
6
2
2
8
8
112
112
312
312
3
4
11
3716
24CH2267
25
1612
158
312
11
24
H-84
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Weight
Each
Hangers
Style 216
Pipe Tap 18
M SLOT
No. 216 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications. This hanger is flush mounted inside the
trough permitting dust tight or weather proof operation. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally furnished; however the hanger can be furnished with
other bearings.
Conveyor
Diameter
Coupling
Size
Part
Number*
Bolts E
M
Slot
16 1116
16 1116
7
9
16 1116
8
10
16 1516
14
18
21
16 1516
23
25
16 1516
28
16 11116
34
44
16 11116
36
47
16 11116
53
112
6CH2163
412
412
16
212
112
2
9CH2163
9CH2164
10
10
618
618
412
412
4
1
4
8
3
8
1
1
212
212
2
2
10
112
2
10CH2163
10CH2164
11
11
638
638
412
412
4
4
8
8
1
1
212
212
2
2
2
2716
3
12CH2164
12CH2165
12CH2166
13
13
13
734
734
734
5
5
5
8
8
3
8
2
2
1
2
1
114
114
114
212
212
212
2
3
3
2716
3
14CH2165
14CH2166
15
15
914
914
5
5
2
2
2
2
138
138
212
212
3
3
16
16CH2166
17
1058
138
212
18
3
3716
18CH2166
18CH2167
19
19
12 8
1218
6
6
2
1
2
8
5
8
1 2
112
3 2
312
3
4
11
20
3
3716
20CH2166
20CH2167
21
21
1312
1312
6
6
2
2
8
8
112
112
312
312
3
4
11
3716
24CH2167
25
1612
158
312
11
12
14
24
Weight
Each
Pipe Tap 18
Style 230
M SLOT
Bolts E
No. 230 hangers are designed for heavy duty applications where mounting on top of the trough flange is
required. Hard iron or bronze bearings are normally
furnished; however other bearings are available.
Conveyor
Diameter
Coupling
Size
Part
Number*
112
6CH2303
412
412
112
2
9CH2303
9CH2304
618
618
412
412
4
1
4
10
112
2
10CH2303
10CH2304
638
638
412
412
4
4
2
2716
3
12CH2304
12CH2305
12CH2306
734
734
734
5
5
5
8
8
3
8
2716
3
14CH2305
14CH2306
914
914
5
5
8
8
16
16CH2306
1058
18
3
3716
18CH2306
18CH2307
12 8
1218
6
6
2
1
2
20
3
3716
20CH2306
20CH2307
1312
1312
6
6
2
2
3716
24CH2307
1612
12
14
24
M
Slot
16 1116
16 1116
8
10
16 1116
9
11
16 1516
15
20
25
16 1516
24
29
16 1516
35
16 11116
34
47
16 11116
40
49
16 11116
55
834
212
934
8
3
8
1214
1214
212
212
2
2
1312
1312
8
8
1314
1314
212
212
2
2
1412
1412
2
2
1
2
1534
1534
1534
212
212
212
2
3
3
1712
1712
1712
2
2
1734
1734
212
212
3
3
1912
1912
1934
212
2112
8
5
8
22 4
2214
3 2
312
3
4
24 2
2412
11
8
8
2414
2414
312
312
3
4
2612
2612
11
2814
334
3012
11
Weight
Each
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-85
Hangers
Style 316
Pipe Tap 18
No. 316 hangers are designed for heavy duty

use in conveyors where abnormal heat
requires unequal expansion between the
screw and conveyor trough. Hard iron or
bronze bearings are normally furnished; however this hanger can be furnished with other
bearings.
Bolts E
Style 326
Pipe Tap 18
No. 326 hangers are designed to permit minimum obstruction of material flow and are used
in conveyors where abnormal heat requires
unequal expansion between the screw and the
conveyor trough. Hard iron or bronze bearings
are normally furnished, but other type bearings
are available.
Bolts E
Part Number
Conveyor
Diameter
6
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
Coupling
Size
112
112
2
112
2
2
2716
3
2716
3
3
3
3716
3
3716
3716
Style
316*
6CH3163
9CH3163
9CH3164
10CH3163
10CH3164
12CH3164
12CH3165
12CH3166
14CH3165
14CH3166
16CH3166
18CH3166
18CH3167
20CH3166
20CH3167
24CH3167
Style
326*
6CH3263
9CH3263
9CH3264
10CH3263
10CH3264
12CH3264
12CH3265
12CH3266
14CH3265
14CH3266
16CH3266
18CH3266
18CH3267
20CH3266
20CH3267
24CH3267
7
10
10
11
11
13
13
13
15
15
17
19
19
21
21
25
412
618
618
638
638
734
734
734
914
914
1058
1218
1218
1312
1312
1612
6
6
6
6
6
612
612
612
612
612
612
612
7
7
7
7
16
16
3
16
3
16
3
16
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
8
8
3
8
3
8
3
8
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
4
1
1
1
1
114
114
114
138
138
138
158
158
158
158
134
412
412
412
412
412
5
5
5
5
5
5
514
514
514
514
514
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
4
4
B - Bolt
Size
Standard
Coupling
Air Purged Hanger
Screw
Diameter
Air purged hangers are recommended

when handling dusty and abrasive materials which contribute to shut-downs and
hanger bearing failures. They should not
be used when handling hot materials (over
250F) or wet sticky materials or when
handling nonabrasive materials when an
inexpensive hanger will do the job satisfactorily. Maximum trough loading should not
exceed 15%. The air, at approximately 1 14
PSI, enters the housing at the top, passes
over and around the bearing, and is dissipated around the coupling shaft on both
sides of the housing. Only 3 to 7 cu. ft. of
air per minute is required to keep each
hanger bearing clean.
H-86
SEARCH
9
12
14
16
18
20
24
Part
Number
9CHAPH3
9CHAPH4
12CHAPH4
12CHAPH5
12CHAPH6
14CHAPH5
14CHAPH6
16CHAPH6
18CHAPH6
20CHAPH6
20CHAPH7
24CHAPH7
Shaft
Dia.
112
2
2
2716
3
2716
3
3
3
3
3716
3716
Weight
Each
15
20
30
52
68
60
74
77
91
105
140
155
Space required on coupling for hanger.

Air supply should be clean and dry.
EXIT
PREVIOUS
10
8
8
1
2
412
618
114
714
114
114
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
13
15
914
114
138
17
19
21
2
8
5
8
5
6
6
1058
1218
1312
114
134
134
138
158
138
25
1612
134
158
Dimensions in inches.
Weight in pounds.
NEXT
INDEX
8
2
1
2
1
Hangers
C
Bolts E
Style 30
No. 30 hangers are designed for side mounting
within the conveyor trough on the non-carrying
side and permit a minimum of obstruction of material flow. Available with friction type bearing.
Conveyor
Diameter
Coupling
Diameter
Part
Number*
Weight
Each
112
6CH303
312
414
112
16
318
112
2
9CH303
9CH304
5
5
578
578
112
112
8
1
2
8
3
8
414
414
2
1
2
2
2
6
8
10
112
2
10CH303
10CH304
512
512
638
638
112
112
8
2
2
2
438
438
4
4
2
2
8
9
2
2716
3
12CH304
12CH305
12CH306
612
612
612
712
712
712
112
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
2
1
512
512
512
4
4
3
4
2
3
3
12
18
20
2716
3
14CH305
14CH306
712
712
9
9
2
2
2
2
8
8
678
678
8
8
3
3
20
22
16
16CH306
812
1038
32
18
3
3716
18CH306
18CH307
9 2
912
11 8
1178
2
3
4
3
4
8
5
8
9
9
114
114
3
4
30
33
20
3
3716
20CH306
20CH307
1012
1012
1314
1314
2
3
4
4
8
8
1014
1014
114
114
3
4
32
38
3716
24CH307
1212
1614
1234
112
46
12
14
24

8 Pipe Tap
Bolts E
M Slot
Style 216F
No. 216F hangers are designed for
heavy duty applications and are
mounted inside of flared trough.
Hard iron or bronze bearings are
normally furnished; however other
bearings are available.
Conveyor
Diameter
Coupling
Diameter
Part
Number*
112
6CH216F3
1 2
2
12
14
9CH216F3
9CH216F4
18
2
2716
3
12CH216F4
12CH216F5
12CH216F6
22
10
14
2716
3
14CH216F5
14CH216F6
24
11
16
16CH216F6
28
1112
18
3
3716
18CH216F6
18CH216F7
31
12 8
20
3
3716
20CH216F6
20CH216F7
34
1312
24
3716
24CH216F7
40
1612
16
Weight
Each
M
Slot
16 34
212
2 2
14
17
118
212
2
3
24
28
32
118
212
31
34
118
212
38
1 2
3 2
3
4
52
61
11
112
312
3
4
55
64
11
112
312
71
11
16
16 34
16 34
16 34
16 34
16 78
16 78
16 78
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-87
Hangers
Style 60
M Slot
Bolts E
No. 60 hangers are furnished with a heavy

duty, permanently lubricated and sealed,
self-aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up to 245 degrees F. and will
allow for up to 4 degrees shaft misalignment. This hanger is mounted on top of the
trough flanges. Grease fitting can be furnished if specified.
Conveyor
Diameter
Coupling
Size
112
112
2
Part
Number*
6CH603
934
412
9CH603
9CH604
1312
1312
618
618
4
4
112
2
10CH603
10CH604
1412
1412
638
638
4
4
2
2716
3
12CH604
12CH605
12CH606
1712
1712
1712
734
734
734
5
5
5
2716
3
14CH605
14CH606
1912
1912
914
914
5
5
16
16CH606
2112
1058
18
18CH606
24 2
12 8
20
20CH606
2612
1312
24
3716
24CH607
3012
1612
10
12
14
16
4
1
4
4
4
8
8
3
8
2
2
Weight
Each
M
Slot
16 1116
834
11116
8
3
8
1214
1214
11116
134
2
2
8
9
8
8
1314
1314
11116
134
2
2
9
10
2
2
1
2
1534
1534
1534
134
16364
21116
212
212
212
12
20
30
2
2
1734
1734
16364
21132
212
212
21
32
1934
21132
212
35
22 4
11
2 32
3 2
40
11
2414
21132
312
45
11
2814
23164
33/4
58
11
16 1116
16 1116
16 1516
16 1516
16 1516
16 1516
9
16 1516
9
16 1516
16 1516
16 1516
16 11116
16 11116
16 11116
Style 70
Bolts E
No. 70 hangers are furnished with a

heavy duty, permanently lubricated
and sealed, self aligning ball bearing which permits temperatures up
to 245 degrees F. and will allow for
up to 4 degrees shaft misalignment.
This hanger is mounted inside the
trough. Grease fitting can be furnished if specified.
Conveyor
Diameter
Coupling
Size
Part
Number*
112
6CH703
112
2
9CH703
9CH704
10
112
2
10CH703
10CH704
2
2716
3
M Slot
412
412
10
10
618
618
412
412
11
11
638
638
412
412
12CH704
12CH705
12CH706
13
13
13
734
734
734
2716
3
14CH705
14CH706
15
15
16
16CH706
18
20
24
3716
12
14
1
1
8
3
8
1
1
8
8
5
5
5
114
114
114
2
2
1
2
914
914
5
5
138
138
2
2
17
1058
138
18CH706
19
12 8
1 2
20CH706
21
1312
112
24CH707
25
1612
158
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
M
Slot
16 1116
16
11116
11/2
4
1
4
11116
134
134
134
8
9
4
4
11116
134
134
134
9
10
8
8
3
8
134
16364
21132
218
218
218
12
20
30
2
2
16364
21132
214
214
21
32
21132
214
35
11
2 32
2 2
40
11
21132
212
45
11
21132
258
58
11
H-88
Weight
Each
NEXT
INDEX
16 1116
16 1116
16 1516
16 1516
16 1516
16 11116
16 11116
16 11116
Hangers
Style 18B
The No. 18-B Hanger has streamlined
cast iron frame and bearing cap held in
place by a U-bolt. It is mounted inside
the trough below the cover. Holes are
located for bolting through the top angle
of the conveyor trough. This hanger is
regularly furnished with Babbitt bearings. Arguto oil impregnated wood, hard
iron, bronze, or other special caps can
be furnished.
P = Pipe
Size
H = Bolt
Conveyor
Diameter
Bearing
Bore
Thru
Bore
Part Number
Weight
112
6CH18B3
112
2
2
2
9CH18B3
9CH18B4
112
2
2
2
10CH18B3
10CH18B4
2
2716
3
2
3
3
12CH18B4
12CH18B5
12CH18B6
2716
3
3
3
14CH18B5
14CH18B6
16
16CH18B6
30
18
18CH18B6
35
10
ETE
OBSOL
12
14
10
10
H
Bolt
438
178
16
6
6
258
258
4
3
4
8
3
8
8
3
8
258
258
4
4
8
8
8
8
**
D
11
11
UE 66
11IN
T13
15
7
N
29
13
7
O
C
13
7
S
25
15
9
DI27
15
9
1
1
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
258
258
258
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
2
234
234
1
1
8
8
2
2
17
1012
234
19
12
114
5
5
5
1
1
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
**Consult Factory
P = Size
of Pipe
Style 19B
The No. 19-B Hanger is similar in construction to the No. 18-B except they
are mounted on top of the trough
angles. Built-in ledges provide supports
for the ends of the cover. They are
streamlined in design and permit free
passage of the material.
H = Size
of Bolts
They are regularly furnished with Bronze

bearings, Arguto oil impregnated wood,
hard iron, bronze, or other special caps
can be furnished.
Conveyor
Diameter
Bearing
Bore
Part Number
112
6CH19B3
112
2
9CH19B3
9CH19B4
10
112
2
10CH19B3
10CH19B4
12
2
2716
3
14
16
P
Pipe
612
2
1
2
912
912
1012
1012
2
2
1212
1212
1212
1412
1414
1612
18 2
20
8.5
978
412
1516
834
13
15.5
1312
1312
618
618
134
134
1
1
1214
1214
14
1412
638
134
1314
12CH19B4
12CH19B5
12CH19B6
24
24.5
17
17
734
734
2
234
114
112
1534
1534
2716
3
14CH19B5
14CH19B6
37
1914
914
234
134
1734
2716
3
16CH19B5
16CH19B6
45
2114
1058
134
1934
18
18CH19B6
48.5
23 4
12 8
1 8
22 4
20
3716
20CH19B7
60.0
2614
1312
11316
2414
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
H
Bolt
Weight
INDEX
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
H-89
Hanger
Bearings
Hanger Type
216
230
316
*HHard Iron
*WWood
Bore
Part Number
112
CHB2163*
CHB2164*
2716
CHB2165*
CHB2166*
3716
CHB2167*
Bearing
*OOil Hole Top Cap
Hanger Type
*UUHMW
Bore
Part Number
112
CHB2203*
CHB2204*
2716
CHB2205*
CHB2206*
3716
CHB2207*
*GGatke
*CCeramic
Bearing
220
226
326
30
BR Bronze
MHI
*MBR
*H Cast Hard Iron
*W Wood
Hard iron (oil impregnated)
*MCB Melamine
Bronze (oil impregnated)
Hanger Type
*N Nylatron
*U UHMW
Bore
Part Number
112
CHB603
CHB604
2716
CHB605
CHB606
3716
CHB607
Bearing
60
70
Ball
Bearing
80
300A
Note: New style bearings are available with slinger shield one side.
Hanger Type
Bore
18B
19B
*WWood
*HHard Iron
Part Number
112
CHB18B3*
CHB18B4*
2716
CHB18B5*
CHB18B6*
3716
CHB18B7*
*NNylatron
*BRBronze
Bearing
*GGatke
Note: Furnished as bottom cap only
H-90
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
* StStellite
Trough
Cover
Plain Cover
All conveyor troughs should have some type of cover not only to keep material inside the
trough and to protect material in the trough from outside elements, but trough definitely
should be covered as a safety measure preventing injuries by keeping workers clear of
the moving parts inside the conveyor trough. See H-115, Safety.
Semi-flanged Cover
Flanged Cover
Type 1
Type 2
Type 3
Hip Roof Cover
End Trough Cover Type 1
Plain
Semi-Flanged Cover
Plain Cover
Conveyor
Diameter
Part
Number
Thickness
Ga.
Wt.
Per
Ft.
End Trough Cover Type 3
Intermediate Trough Cover Type 2
Part
Number
Thickness
Ga.
Wt.
Per
Ft.
Flanged Cover
Hip Roof Cover
Part
Number
Thickness
Ga.
Wt.
Per
Ft.
Part
Number
Thickness
Ga.
Wt.
Per
Ft.
4
*
4TCP16
16
1.5
4TCS16
4TCS14
16
14
2.1
2.6
714
4TCF16
4TCF14
16
14
1.9
2.4
838
4TCH16
4TCH14
16
14
2.0
2.5
6
*
6TCP16
16
2.0
934
6TCS16
6TCS14
16
14
2.3
3.8
934
6TCF16
6TCF14
16
14
2.1
2.6
1038
6TCH16
6TCH14
16
14
2.3
2.8
1038
9TCP14
14
3.5
1338
9TCS14
9TCS12
9TCS10
14
12
10
4.1
5.7
7.3
1338
9TCF16
9TCF14
9TCF12
9TCF10
16
14
12
10
3.2
3.9
5.5
7.1
14
9TCH16
9TCH14
16
14
3.3
4.1
14
10TCP14
14
3.8
1438
10TCS14
10TCS12
10TCS10
14
12
10
4.4
6.1
7.8
1438
10TCF16
10TCF14
10TCF12
10TCF10
16
14
12
10
3.4
4.2
5.9
7.6
15
10TCH16
10TCH14
16
14
3.5
4.3
15
12TCP14
14
4.6
1712
12TCS14
12TCS12
12TCS10
14
12
10
5.1
7.1
9.0
1738
12TCF14
12TCF12
12TCF10
14
12
10
4.9
6.9
8.8
18
12TCH14
12TCH12
14
12
5.0
7.1
18
14TCP14
14
5.1
1912
14TCS14
14TCS12
14TCS10
14
12
10
5.6
7.8
9.9
1938
14TCF14
14TCF12
14TCF10
14
12
10
5.4
7.6
9.7
1978
14TCH14
14TCH12
14
12
5.5
7.7
1978
16TCP14
14
5.6
2112
16TCS14
16TCS12
16TCS10
14
12
10
6.1
8.5
10.8
2138
16TCF14
16TCF12
16TCF10
14
12
10
5.9
8.3
10.6
2178
16TCH14
16TCH12
14
12
6.1
8.5
2178
18TCP12
12
8.9
2412
18TCS12
18TCS10
12
10
9.6
12.3
2412
18TCF14
18TCF12
18TCF10
14
12
10
6.7
9.4
12.1
25
18TCH14
18TCH12
14
12
6.8
9.5
25
20TCP12
12
9.7
2612
20TCS12
20TCS10
12
10
10.3
13.3
2612
20TCF14
20TCF12
20TCF10
14
12
10
7.2
10.1
13.1
27
20TCH14
20TCH12
14
12
7.4
10.4
27
24TCP12
12
11.1
3012
24TCS12
24TCS10
12
10
11.8
15.1
3012
24TCF14
24TCF12
24TCF10
14
12
10
8.3
11.6
14.9
31
24TCH14
24TCH12
14
12
8.4
11.8
31
*
10
*
12
**
14
**
16
**
18
**
20
**
24
**
838
For average applications where dust confinement is not a problem, 2-0 centers or 10 fasteners per 10-0 section are generally satisfactory. For commercially dust
tight 1-0 centers or 20 fasteners per 10-0 section are suggested.
*L Standard lengths are 5-0 & 10-0
**L Standard lengths are 5, 6, 10 & 12-0
Standard gauge
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-91
Cover
Accessories
Flanged Conveyor Inlets
The two styles of flanged conveyor inlets are
designed for either bolting or welding to flat or
flanged conveyor trough cover. The inlet size and
bolt arrangement is the same as the standard conveyor discharge spout.
Detachable
Type
Fixed Type
L Bolts
Part Number
Conveyor
Diameter
Fixed
Inlet
C
Weight
Detachable
Inlet
4
6
4C1F
6C1F
4C1D
6C1D
1.8
5.0
5
7
9
10
9C1F
10C1F
9C1D
10C1D
6.8
7.4
12
14
12C1F
14C1F
12C1D
14C1D
16
18
16C1F
18C1F
20
24
20C1F
24C1F
E
Detachable
Inlet
Fixed
Inlet
712
10
712
10
10
11
13
14
13
1414
12.1
13.7
13
15
17
19
1714
1914
16C1D
18C1D
15.8
29.0
17
19
21
24
2114
2414
20C1D
24C1D
31.8
37.2
21
25
26
30
2614
3014
Detachable
Inlet
Fixed
Inlet
8
16
8
16
214
21316
214
3
114
112
2
2
4
4516
4
438
112
112
8
8
518
312
312
514
312
2
2
11
11
8
16
16
16
16
16
4
8
2
2
4
4
7
8
118
334
4716
4
438
4
438
2
212
4
4
1
1
118
118
478
558
434
558
434
512
212
212
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
2
2
2
Spring Clamps
Spring Clamps are used to attach plain and semi-flanged covers to trough. These clamps are normally riveted to the trough flange and will pivot to allow removal of
cover.
Spring Clamp
Clamp
No.
SPC1
16
16
134
138
118
Wt.
32
.38
Spring Clamps
Spring Clamps with Cover Bracket

Spring Clamps with cover brackets are designed to attach to the top side of semi-flanged and plain covers.
Spring Clamp with Cover Bracket
Clamp
No.
SPCA1
16
11
16
114
1316
Wt.
114
.50
Spring Clamps with Brackets
Screw Clamps
Screw Clamps are a simple and effective means of attaching flanged or flat covers to trough.
Screw Clamp
Clamp
No.
CSC2
214
1316
114
16
Wt.
.42
Screw Clamps
Cover Gaskets
Toggle Clamps
Red
Rubber
Sponge
Rubber
White
Rubber
Size
Size
Size
4.6
RR125
1
8 X 114
SP75
1
8 X 34
WN125
1
8 X 114
9,10
RR150
1
8 X 112
SP100
1
8 X 1
WN150
1
8 X 112
12, 14, 16 RR200

1
8 X 2
SP150
1
8 X 112
WB250
1
8 X 2
18, 20, 24 RR250

1
8 X 212
SP200
1
8 X 2
WN250
1
8 X 212
Conv.
Dia.
Quick acting toggle clamps are used to attach covers for quick accessibility. Normally this type clamp is attached by welding the front or top of
clamp to the trough and can be adjusted to fit all sizes of trough, while
allowing 90 to clear working area.
Conveyor Part Number
424
QTC
No. Required
per 10 Section
6 to 8
71316 21516 12532
114
16
Toggle Clamps
H-92
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Shrouds
Feeder Shrouds
Shrouds are used in trough sections of screw feeders to decrease the clearance between the cover and feeder screw to obtain
proper feed regulation. Lengths are sufficient to prevent flushing of the majority of materials being handled and gauges are proportioned to trough size and gauge.
S = Spaces at E inches
BOLTS - T
Flared trough
Screw
Diameter
Inches
Part No.
U
Flared
4TFS14
4FFS14
6TFS14
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
U-trough
Shroud
Thickness
C
U
L
U
Flared
14 Ga.
358
6FFS14
14 Ga.
4 2
14
6TFS12
6FFS12
12 Ga.
412
14
14 Ga.
10
6 8
18
16
10
618
18
14 Ga.
11
638
212
16
11
638
212
12 Ga.
13
7 4
10
22
16
13
734
10
22
12 Ga.
15
914
11
312
16
15
914
11
12 Ga.
17
10 8
16
17
1058
12 Ga.
19
16
9TFS14
9FFS14
9TFS7
9FFS7
10TFS14
10FFS14
10TFS7
10FFS7
12TFS12
12FFS12
12TFS7
12FFS7
14TFS12
14FFS12
14TFS7
14FFS7
16TFS12
16FFS12
16TFS7
16FFS7
18TFS12
18FFS12
18TFS7
18FFS7
20TFS10
20FFS10
20TFS7
20FFS7
24TFS10
24FFS10
24TFS7
24FFS7
SEARCH
Flared
12
16
12
16
18
18
20
20
1 8
24
118
24
24
118
28
312
24
118
28
11 2
28
1 8
32
1112
28
118
32
1218
1218
412
31
138
138
36
19
1218
1218
412
31
138
118
36
10 Ga.
21
13 2
13 2
34
1 8
1 8
40
16
21
1312
1312
34
138
138
40
10 Ga.
25
1612
1612
40
138
138
48
16
25
1612
1612
40
138
138
48
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-93
Conveyor
Shrouds
Conveyor Shrouds
Conveyor shroud covers are used to form a tubular cross section within the conveyor trough. This arrangement gives the features
of a tubular housing while allowing removal of the shroud for easy access and cleaning. Flat or flanged covers can be used over the
shroud cover when it is objectionable for the recess in the shroud to be exposed to dust or weather. Various types of shrouds are
furnished to fit various applications. These types are described below.
Type 1
Type 1 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rail and flanged ends at both ends. This type is used when shroud is full length of
trough or between hangers.
Type 2
Type 2 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rails and flanged ends on one end over trough end; other end is plain. This type
shroud is used at an inlet opening or next to a hanger at the plain end.
Type 3
Type 3 Shroud cover has flanged sides over top rail and both ends closed and no flanges over ends. This type shroud is used
between hangers.
Type 4
Type 4 Shroud cover has no flanges at sides or ends. Bolt holes are provided along sides, for bolting through side of trough. This
allows flush mounting with top of trough and a cover may be used over the shroud. This shroud is used mostly for short lengths
when installed ahead of an inlet opening.
H-94
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Special
Features
SECTION IV
SPECIAL FEATURES SECTION IV
Covers ..........................................................................................................................................................................................H-96
Trough Ends.................................................................................................................................................................................H-98
Trough ..........................................................................................................................................................................................H-99
Conveyor Screws .......................................................................................................................................................................H-104
Discharges .................................................................................................................................................................................H-109
Inlets ...........................................................................................................................................................................................H-111
Special Features
The information presented in this section gives descriptions and functions of the most commonly used special features available in
the design of conveyor systems.
These special features will greatly broaden the range of uses for screw conveyor when added to the many standard features available. Standard features and components are always more desirable and practical in the design of a screw conveyor system; however, one or more of these special features may sometimes be required in special applications for a workable or more efficient
system.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-95
Covers
OVERFLOW COVER sections are used as a safety relief to handle overflow over the discharge in cases where the discharge may
become plugged. It is a short section of flanged or flat cover hinged across the width to the adjoining cover. The cover is not
attached to the trough in order that it can be raised by pressure from within the trough.
SHROUD COVERS are designed to fit inside a standard conveyor trough of a Screw Feeder or inclined conveyor, and create a
tubular trough effect. This cover has an advantage over tubular trough in that ease of access is combined with the convenience of
using standard hangers and accessories. An additional flat cover may be required over the shroud to prevent accumulation of dust
or water in the recessed portion of the shroud cover.
EXPANDED METAL COVERS can be furnished where cover is required for safety but constant visual inspection is required.
STANDARD COVERS of any design can be furnished in heavier gauges, when needed to support weight.
DOME COVERS are half circle domes rolled to the same inside diameter as the trough bottom and are flanged for bolting to the
trough top rails. They are used where venting of fumes or heat from the material being conveyed is required. End sections have a
welded end plate and intermediate joints are buttstrap connected. Vent pipes or suction lines can be attached to the cover.
H-96
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Covers
DUST SEAL COVERS are flanged down on all four sides to match channel sections fabricated on the sides, ends, and cross channels of special dust seal troughs. The length of the cover should not exceed one-half the length of the trough section.
HINGED COVERS may be constructed from conventional flat covers or most special covers. They are equipped with a hinge on
one side for attaching to the trough and are bolted or clamped to the trough on the other side. Hinged covers are used in applications where it is not desirable to have a loose cover, such as in high areas above walkways where the cover might fall.
HIP ROOF COVERS are similar to conventional flanged covers except they are peaked slightly to form a ridge along the center of
the cover. A welded end plate closes the peaked section at each end of the trough while intermediate joints are usually buttstrap
connected. Hip roof covers are usually recommended for outdoor installations to prevent accumulation of moisture. They are also
often used in applications where a more rigid cover is required.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-97
Trough Ends
SHELF-TYPE TROUGH ENDS are furnished with outboard bearing pedestals for mounting pillow block bearings. The bearings are
mounted away from the trough end plate allowing ample room to protect the bearing when handling abrasive or hot materials. This
arrangement allows the use of most any type shaft seal desired. Either one or two bearings can be used.
BLIND TROUGH ENDS are used on the tail end (normally the inlet end) of a conveyor, when sealing the end shaft is extremely difficult. A hanger is used inside the trough to support the tail shaft without the shaft projecting through the trough end.
A blind trough end plate can also be furnished with a dead shaft welded to the end plate. For this type the screw is bushed with an
antifriction bearing to carry the radial load of the screw. When required, a grease fitting can be furnished through the dead shaft for
lubricating the bearing.
H-98
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Trough Ends
DE
WI
WIDE CLEARANCE TROUGH is of conventional construction except with a wider clearance between the outside of the conveyor
screw and the inside of the trough. This type trough is used when it is desirable to form a layer of conveyed material in the trough.
The material thus moves on itself, protecting the trough from undue wear. By using a wide clearance or oversize trough, a greater
capacity than using a standard conveyor screw can be obtained for some materials that travel as a mass. When wide clearance
trough is required, it is more economical to use a standard conveyor screw and the next larger size standard trough.
BULK HEAD is a plate or baffle shaped to the contour of the inside of the trough and is normally welded or bolted six to twelve inches from the trough end. The bulk head protects the end bearing and drive unit from heat while handling hot materials, when the
pocket formed is filled with packing or insulation. The bulk head can be used in the same manner to prevent damage to seals and
bearings when handling extremely abrasive materials.
EXPANSION JOINT is a connection within a length of trough to allow for expansion caused by hot materials being conveyed. The
expansion joint is constructed with bolts fastened in slots to allow for expansion or with a telescoping type slip joint. The number of
joints and amount of expansion will depend on the application.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-99
Trough Ends
PERFORATED BOTTOM TROUGH is equipped with a perforated bottom, and is used as a screening operation or drain section
when liquids are present in the conveyed material. The size of the perforations in the trough will vary depending on the material and
application.
RECTANGULAR TROUGH is made with a flat bottom and can be formed from a single sheet or with sides and bottom of separate
pieces. This type trough is frequently used in handling abrasive materials capable of forming a layer of material on the bottom of the
trough. The material thus moves on itself, protecting the trough from undue wear. Also in handling hot materials, the material will
form its own internal insulation with this type trough.
TAPERED BOTTOM TROUGH is used to prevent a dead space in the trough at the small end of a tapered conveyor screw. With
some materials the tapered trough is necessary to prevent bridging in the trough, or contamination of the material.
TUBULAR TROUGH is furnished in either solid tube construction or split tube construction with flanges for bolting or clamping the
two halves together. This trough is a complete tube enclosure and is used for weather-tight applications, for loading to full cross
sections, and for inclined or vertical applications where fall back necessitates the housing to operate at a full loading.
H-100
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Discharges
and Inlets
AIR OPERATED GATES are similar to standard rack and pinion gates except they are operated with an air cylinder. The air operated gate is usually used for remote control and automatic operation. These gates can also be furnished in dust-tight or weatherproof construction with the cylinder and gate fully enclosed in the housing.
CUSHION CHAMBER INLETS (DEAD BED INLETS) serve the same purpose as the deflector plate inlet, but are constructed with
a ledge that forms a cushion for materials fed into the conveyor.
SIDE INLETS are equipped with a gate to furnish a means of regulating or stopping the inlet flow to relieve the conveyor screw from
excessive material pressures. When using the side inlet, the screw rotation should be toward the inlet opening to assure a constant
flow rate.
HAND SLIDE INLET GATES are normally used when multiple inlets are required. These inlets must be adjusted or closed manually to assure proper feed to the conveyor.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-111
Inlets
ROUND INLET SPOUTS are used for tubular attachments or when connecting the discharge of one conveyor to the inlet of another at other than a right angle. This type connection is easily made with round discharges and inlets.
DEFLECTOR PLATE INLETS are used when materials fall vertically into the inlet creating the possibility of impact damage or
abrasion to the conveyor screw. The rectangular inlet is equipped with deflector plates, or baffles, that dampen the impact of the
material in order to feed the conveyor more gently.
HANGER POCKETS are used with tubular trough, mounted on top of the tubular trough at hanger bearing points. The hanger
pocket forms a U-shape section for a short length, allowing the use of standard conveyor hangers and providing easy access to
the hanger.
STRIKE OFF PLATE (Shroud Baffle) is a single plate bolted vertically to the upper portion of the trough and is cut out to the contour of the screw. This plate is used to regulate the flow of material from an inlet by preventing flooding across the top of the conveyor screw.
H-112
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Installation
& Maintenance
SECTION V
General
All standard screw conveyor components are manufactured in conformity with Industry Standards. Special components are usually designed and manufactured to the particular job specifications.
Screw conveyors may be ordered either as complete units or by individual components. Complete units are normally shop
assembled and then match marked and disassembled for shipment and field re-assembly. When components only are ordered,
shipment is made as ordered, and these components must be sorted out and aligned in field assembly.
Because shop assembled screw conveyors are pre-aligned and match marked at the factory, they are easier to assemble in the
field and require the minimum installation time. When individual components are ordered, more careful alignment and assembly are
required. More time is required for field installation. Assembly bolts are not included with parts orders but are included with preassembled units.
Caution: All
Martin Conveyors must be assembled and maintained in accordance with this section. Failure to follow these
Installation
Receiving
Check all assemblies or parts with shipping papers and inspect for damage. Specifically check for dented or bent trough, bent
flanges, bent flighting, bent pipe or hangers or damaged bearings. If any components are severely damaged in shipment, claims
should be filed immediately with the carrier.
Erection
For shop assembled conveyors, units are match marked and shipped in longest sections practical for shipment. Field assembly
can be accomplished by connecting match marked joints, and in accordance with packing list, and/or drawing if applicable. In field
erection, the mounting surfaces for supporting the conveyor must be level and true so there is no distortion in the conveyor. Shims
or grout should be used when required. Check for straightness as assembly is made.
For conveyor assemblies purchased as parts or merchandise, assemble as follows: Place conveyor troughs in proper sequence
with inlet and discharge spout properly located. Connect the trough flanges loosely. Do not tighten bolts. Align the trough bottom center-lines perfectly using piano wire (or equivalent) then tighten flange bolts. Tighten all anchor bolts.
Piano Wire Stretch Tight
Angle Clip
Trough Joint
Assembly of conveyor screws should always begin at the thrust end. If the unit does not require a thrust unit, assembly
should begin at the drive end. If a thrust end is designated, assemble trough end and thrust bearing. Insert the end, or drive
shaft, in the end bearing. Do not tighten set screws until conveyor assembly is completed.
Place the first screw section in the trough, slipping the end, or drive shaft, into the pipe end. Secure tightly with coupling bolts.
Install so that conveyor end lugs are opposite the carrying side of the flight.
Place a coupling shaft into the opposite end of conveyor pipe. Tighten coupling bolts.
Insert coupling shaft into hanger bearing and clamp hanger to trough.
Assemble alternately, conveyor screws, couplings and hangers until all screws are installed.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-113
Installation
& Maintenance
1) With Hangers: Assemble screw section so that flighting at each end is approximately 180 from ends of flighting of adjacent
sections. Also, adjust conveyor screw and thrust unit so that hangers are equally spaced between adjacent screws.
2) Without Hangers: (close coupled) Assemble screws so that flighting at adjoining ends of screw sections align to produce a
continuous helix surface. (Note coupling holes have been drilled in assembly to allow for flight alignment.)
Remove hanger clamps and bolt hanger to trough with the bearing centered between conveyor screws.
Install trough covers in proper sequence. Properly locate inlet openings. Handle covers with reasonable care to avoid warping or
bending.
Attach covers to trough with fasteners provided.
Install drive at proper location and in accordance with separate instructions or drawing provided.
Check screw rotation for proper direction of material travel after electrical connections have been made but before attempting to
handle material. Incorrect screw rotation can result in serious damage to the conveyor and to related conveying and drive equipment.
If necessary, reconnect electrical leads to reverse rotation of conveyor and direction of material flow.
Operation
Lubricate all bearings and drives per service instructions. Gear reducers are normally shipped without lubricant. Refer to service
instructions for lubrication.
In start-up of the conveyor, operate several hours empty as a break in period. Observe for bearing heat up, unusual noises or
drive misalignment. Should any of these occur, check the following and take necessary corrective steps. (Non-lubricated hanger
bearings may cause some noise.)
1) When anti-friction bearings are used, check for proper lubrication. Insufficient or excess lubricant will cause high operating
temperatures.
2) Misalignment of trough ends, screws, hangers and trough end can cause excessive maintenance and poor life expectancy.
3) Check assembly and mounting bolts; tighten if necessary.
Do not overload conveyor. Do not exceed conveyor speed, capacity, material density or rate of flow for which the conveyor and
drive were designed.
If the conveyor is to be inoperative for a prolonged period of time, operate conveyor until cleared of all material. This is particularly important when the material conveyed tends to harden or become more viscous or sticky if allowed to stand for a period of
time.
It may be necessary to recenter hanger bearings after running material in conveyor.
Maintenance
Practice good housekeeping. Keep the area around the conveyor and drive clean and free of obstacles to provide easy access
and to avoid interference with the function of the conveyor and drive.
Establish routine periodic inspections of the entire conveyor to insure continuous maximum operating performance.
To replace conveyor screw section, proceed as follows:
1) Removal of a section, or sections, usually must proceed from the end opposite the drive. Make sure drive and electrical
power are disconnected before starting to disassemble.
2) Remove the trough end, sections of screws, coupling shafts and hangers until all sections have been removed or until the
damaged or worn section is reached and removed.
3) To reassemble follow the above steps in reverse order.
4) Quick detachable conveyor screws can be removed at intermediate locations without first removing adjacent sections.
Replacement parts can be identified from a copy of the original packing list or invoice.
The coupling bolt contains a lock nut that may become damaged when removed. It is recommended practice to replace them
rather than re-use them when changing conveyor screw sections.
Hazardous Operations
Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to operate handling hazardous materials or in a hazardous environment.
Hazardous materials can be those that are explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel if they are not completely and thoroughly contained in the conveyor housing. Special construction of screw and conveyor housing with gaskets and
special bolted covers can sometimes be used for handling this type of material.
Special conveyors are not made or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels.
H-114
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Warning &
Safety Reminder
MartinConveyor Division does not install
conveyor; consequently it is the responsibility of the
contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor, components and
conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to comply
with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and
Health Act and with all state and local laws and
ordinances and the American National Standard
Institute (ANSI) safety code.
In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition, the assemblies or parts must be installed and
operated in accordance with the following minimum
provisions.
1. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all covers
and/or guards for the conveyor and drive unit are
in place. If the conveyor is to be opened for
inspection cleaning, maintenance or observation,
the electric power to the motor driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in such a manner that
the conveyor cannot be restarted by anyone;
however remote from the area, until conveyor
cover or guards and drive guards have been
properly replaced.
2. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a
condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or fence in
accordance with ANSI standard B20.1-1993, with
special attention given to section 6.12.
3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders or other
manual or mechanical equipment shall be
constructed in such a way that the conveyor opening is covered by a grating. If the nature of the
material is such that a grating cannot be used,
then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be
guarded by a railing or fence and there shall be a
warning sign posted.
4. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of the
conveyor until power has been LOCKED OUT.
5. Always operate conveyor in accordance with

these instructions and those contained on the
caution labels affixed to the equipment.
6. Do not place hands or feet in the conveyor.
7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or
guards.
8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other than
that for which it was intended.
9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor
with a bar or stick inserted through the openings.
10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control
station free of debris and obstacles.
11. Always regulate the feeding of material into the
unit at a uniform and continuous rate.
12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor until
power has been LOCKED OUT.
13. Do not attempt field modification of conveyor or
components.
14. Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured
or designed to handle materials that are
hazardous to personnel. These materials which
are hazardous include those that are explosive,
flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to
personnel. Conveyors may be designed to handle
these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured
or designed to comply with local, state or federal
codes for unfired pressure vessels. If hazardous
materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is
to be subjected to internal or external pressure,
Conveyor Division should be consulted
prior to any modifications.
Conveyor Division insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor driving the
unit provides the only real protection against injury.
Secondary safety devices are available; however,
the decision as to their need and the type required
must be made by the owner-assembler as we have
no information regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the interlocking of the screw conveyor with
other equipment, extent of plant automation, etc.
Other devices should not be used as a substitute for

locking out the power prior to removing guards or
covers. We caution that use of the secondary
devices may cause employees to develop a false
sense of security and fail to lock out power before
removing covers or guards. This could result in a
serious injury should the secondary device fail or
malfunction.
There are many kinds of electrical devices for
interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems
such that if one conveyor in a system or process is
stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it
can also be automatically stopped.
Electrical controls, machinery guards, railings,
walkways, arrangement of installation, training of
personnel, etc., are necessary ingredients for a safe
working place. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to supplement the
materials and services furnished with these necessary
items to make the conveyor installation comply with
the law and accepted standards.
Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are
designed to connect to other equipment or machinery
so that the flow of material into and out of the
conveyor is completely enclosed.
One or more caution signs (as illustrated below)
are attached to conveyor housings, conveyor covers
and screw elevator housings. Please order replacement caution labels should the labels attached to this
equipment become illegible.
The label shown below has been reduced in
size. The actual size is printed next to the label. For
more detailed instructions and information, please
request a free copy of our Screw Conveyor Safety,
Installation, Operation, Maintenance Instructions.
The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers
Association (CEMA) has produced an audio-visual
presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw
Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators.
Conveyor Division encourages acquisition
and use of this source of safety information.
WARNING
PROMINENTLY DISPLAY
IN WORK AREAS
CVS930011
Exposed moving
parts can cause
severe injury
Exposed screw and

moving parts can
cause severe injury
LOCK OUT POWER
before removing
cover or servicing
CHS930001
ACTUAL SIZE 6" x 3"

SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
LOCK OUT POWER

before removing
guard
ACTUAL SIZE 5" x 21/2"

NEXT
INDEX
H-115
Bucket
Elevators
SECTION VI
H-116
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Safety
Safety must be considered a basic factor in machinery operation at all times. Most accidents are the result of carelessness or negligence. The following safety instructions are basic guidelines and should be considered as minimum provisions. Additional information shall be obtained by the
purchaser from other sources, including the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Standard ANSI B20.1, Standard ANSI B15.1, Standard
ANSI A12.1, Standard ANSI MH4.7; Standard ANSI Z244.
It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the bucket elevator and elevator assemblies manufactured and supplied by Martin Conveyor Division, in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act
and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standards Institute Safety Code.
Precautions:
1. Maintain a safety training and safety equipment operation/maintenance program for all employees.
2. Bucket elevators shall not be operated unless the elevator housing completely encloses the elevator moving elements and power transmission
guards are in place. If the elevator is to be opened for inspection, cleaning or observation, the motor driving the conveyor is to be
locked out electrically in such a manner that it cannot be restarted by anyone, however remote from the area, unless the elevator
housing has been closed and all other guards are in place.
3. If the elevator must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire elevator is then to be guarded by a railing or
fence.
4. RUGGED gratings may be used where necessary. If the distance between the grating moving elements is less than 4 inches, the grating opening must not exceed 12 inch by 2 inches. In all cases the openings shall be restrictive to keep any part of the body or clothing from coming in
contact with moving parts of the equipment. SOLID COVERS should be used at all points and must be designed and installed so that personnel
will not be exposed to accidental contact with any moving parts of the equipment.
5. All rotating equipment such as guards, drives, gears, shafts and couplings must be guarded by the purchaser/owner as required by applicable
laws, standards and good practice.
6. SAFETY DEVICES AND CONTROLS must be purchased and provided by the purchaser/owner as required by applicable laws, standards and
good practices.
7. Practice good housekeeping at all times and maintain good lighting around all equipment.
8. Keep all operating personnel advised of the location and operation of all emergency controls and devices. Clear access to these controls and
devices must be maintained.
9. Frequent inspections of these controls and devices, covers, guards and equipment to ensure proper working order and correct positioning.
10. Do not walk on elevator covers, gratings or guards.
11. Do not poke or prod material in the elevator.
12. Do not place hands, feet or any part of the body or clothing in the elevator or opening.
13. Do not overload elevator or attempt to use it for other than its intended use.
14. Inlet and discharge openings shall be connected to other equipment in order to completely enclose the moving elements of the elevator.
15. Before power is connected to the drive a pre-start up check shall be performed to ensure the equipment and area are safe for operation and all
guards are in place and secure.
16. Bucket Elevators are not manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel unless specially designed. These
materials which are hazardous include those that are explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Elevators may be
designed to handle these materials. Elevators are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the elevator is to be subjected to internal or external pressure,
Conveyor
Division should be consulted prior to any modifications.
All equipment shall be checked for damage immediately upon arrival. Do not attempt to
install a damaged item or conveyor.
All bucket elevators shop assembled by Martin Conveyor Division, have warning labels
affixed in many easily seen locations. If the equipment exterior is painted, coated or
altered in any way or if the material conveyed is in excess of 175F or if a change in the
original intended use of the equipment is considered, the factory shall be consulted
before modifications are made. Additional stickers are available upon request.
CHR930001
CHS930001
(5 Wide x 2 1/2 High)
Exposed moving
parts can cause
severe injury
CHS930001
SEARCH
LOCK OUT POWER

before removing
guard
EXIT
CVS930012
(3 Wide x 6 High)
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-117
Introduction
The Martin Conveyor Division designs and manufactures various types of bucket elevators to efficiently handle most varieties
of dry, free-flowing bulk materials. High design standards, quality manufacturing, the best possible service through many
branch locations and an excellent distributor network assure
many years of economical, trouble-free service.
This catalog is designed to make a preliminary selection of a

bucket elevator. It shows the variety of elevators manufactured by
the Martin Conveyor Division. Contact your local Martin Service
Center or Martin Conveyor Division distributor for a recommendation.
Types
Centrifugal Discharge
Continuous Discharge
Continuous discharge elevators are
offered as: Series 700 (boot take up) and
Series 800 (head take up). Either series is
available with buckets mounted on chain
or belt and will handle free-flowing material, sluggish material or materials that are
abrasive. The closely spaced fabricated
buckets, with extended sides, form a
chute to direct material into the bucket.
At the discharge, the bucket configuration
allows the material to discharge by gravity
over the back of the proceeding bucket.
Centrifugal discharge type elevators are

offered as: Series 100 (boot take up) and
Series 200 (head take up). Either series is
available with buckets mounted on chain
or belt and will handle free-flowing materials with small to medium size lumps. The
standard inlet chute and standard curved
bottom plate direct the material into the
buckets and reduce the digging action.
The speed of the elevator is sufficient to
discharge the material by centrifugal force.
Many types of drives and elevator materials of construction are available.
High-Speed Centrifugal Grain
Various materials of construction and

thicknesses are available.
Super Capacity
Series 1000 (super capacity) bucket elevators are a continuous discharge type with
buckets mounted between two strands of
chain. This type of elevator is used where
higher capacities, severe service or higher
shaft centers are required. Super Capacity
type elevators are not listed in this catalog
since they are custom designed for each
application. Contact your local Martin Service Center or Martin Conveyor Division
distributor for a recommendation.
Series 500 (double leg) and Series 400

(single leg) high-speed centrifugal discharge bucket elevators are specially
designed to economically handle grain and
other free-flowing materials. These elevators are not self-supporting; therefore, intermediate supports must be provided by
others.
Although the charts in this catalog are
based on one type of bucket, many other
styles are available. For specific recommendations contact your local Martin Service Center or Martin Conveyor Division
distributor for a recommendation.
H-118
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Standard Features
Series 100 and Series 700
1. Shaft Mount Type Drive . . . . . . . . . . . Furnished as standard. Other
types available. Backstops are
required to prevent reverse rotation. Various types are available.
2. Split Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 gauge
3. Inspection Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Near side
4. Head Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 12 gauge steel with
bearing pedestal structurally reinforced
5. Discharge Spout (Style 1 shown) . . . Fabricated of 10 gauge plate steel
with externally adjustable 4-ply
belting throat lip (not shown).
Style 2 (45) available. Wear liners
available.
6. Intermediate Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixture welded 12 gauge casing
continuously welded for dust tight
construction. Sides are cross
crimped for additional stiffness.
Vertical corner angles are full
length.
7. Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 316 inch thick plate
steel
8. Clean Out Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bolted for easy removal
9. Curved Bottom Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduces build-up in boot
10. Take-Up Ball Bearing Screw Type . . For positive take-up tension.
Available with roller bearings.
Internal gravity type also
available.
11. Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fabricated of 316 inch thick plate
steel.
Elevator Number
Example B43-139
Mounting
Bucket Size
Series
Unit No.
43
39
B = Belt
C = Chain
43 = 4 3
64 = 6 4
85 = 8 5
106 = 10 6
Etc.
1 = 100
2 = 200
5 = 500
7 = 700
8 = 800
Unit 39
B43-139 is a belt (B) elevator with 4 3 (43) buckets, centrifugal discharge type with boot take up (Series 100), Unit 39. Specifications may
be found on pages H-125H-126.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-119
Elevator
Selection
General
Procedure
To properly select a bucket elevator, the following factors must be determined:

1. Volumetric Capacity in cubic feet per hour. Bucket elevators must
be uniformly and continuously fed. The volumetric capacity used for
selection must be the maximum the elevator will experience. Use
Table 1-1 for conversions if necessary.
2. Centers or Lift in feet
3. Lump Size and Lump Class Lump size is the largest particle
dimension, and lump class is the percentage these lumps represent
of the whole.
4. Material Characteristics See Material Classification Code Chart.
5. Operating Conditions Conditions affecting operation include
location (indoors, outdoors), number of hours per day operation, etc.
The following steps should be followed to select an elevator:
TABLE 1-1
To
convert
To cubic feet per hour

(CF or FT3/HR)
Tons per hour (short)

TPH
CFH =
TPH 2000
Density (in pounds per cubic foot; PCF or LBS/FT3)
Pounds per hour

Lbs/hour
CFH =
Pounds per hour

Density (in pounds per cubic foot; PCF or LBS/FT3)
Bushels per hour

BPH
CFH = BPH 1.24
1. Determine proper elevator series See material table for recommendation.

2. Select Elevator Number For the series selected, refer to the
Capacity chart, (pages H-122H-133) and select an elevator number
for which the capacity in cubic feet per hour listed equals or exceeds
the required volumetric capacity. If the required volumetric capacity of
centers exceed those listed, contact the
Conveyor Division for
a recommendation.
3. Check Lump Size/Lump Class Check actual lump size/lump
class against that listed for the elevator number selected. If the actual
lump size/lump class is larger than that listed, choose a larger elevator where the actual is equal to or less than that listed.
4. Determine Horsepower Requirements Refer to the horsepower
chart for the elevator number selected, go to the line representing the
actual centers and read the motor horsepower and head shaft diameter to the right.
5. List Specifications Refer to capacity, horsepower and dimension
charts for the elevator number selected. List the specifications for the
preliminary selection of the elevator.
Contact your local
Service Center or Martin Conveyor
Division, distributor for a recommendation.
Material Classification Code Chart

Major Class
Density
Material Characteristics Included
Fine
No.
Miscellaneous
Properties
or
Hazards
H-120
A200
A100
A40
6 Sieve (.132) and Under
B6
Granular
2 and Under (6 Sieve to 12)

3 and Under (12 to 3)
C12
D3
D7
Lumpy

Over 16 To Be Specified
X = Actual Maximum Size
D16
Irregular
Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical, Slabs, Etc.
Size
Abrasiveness
Actual Lbs/CF
No. 200 Sieve (.0029) and Under
Very Fine
Flowability
Code Description
Bulk Density, Loose
DX
Very Free Flowing

Free Flowing
Average Flowability
Sluggish
1
2
3
4
Mildly Abrasive
Moderately Abrasive
Extremely Abrasive
5
6
7
Builds Up and Hardens

Generates Static Electricity
Decomposes Deteriorates in Storage
Flammability
Becomes Plastic or Tends to Soften
Very Dusty
Aerates and Becomes a Fluid
Explosiveness
Stickiness Adhesion
Contaminable, Affecting Use
Degradable, Affecting Use
Gives Off Harmful or Toxic Gas or Fumes
Highly Corrosive
Mildly Corrosive
Hygroscopic
Interlocks, Mats or Agglomerates
Oils Present
Very Light and Fluffy May Be Windswept
Elevated Temperature
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
Y
Z
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Materials
Table
Alfalfa Meal
Almonds, Broken
Almonds, Whole Shelled
Alum, Fine
Alum, Lumpy
Alumina
Aluminum Chips, Dry
Aluminum Oxide
Ashes, Coal, Dry 3
Asphalt, Crushed 12
Bakelite, Fine
Baking Powder
Bauxite, Crushed 3
Beans, Castor,
Whole Shelled
Beans, Navy, Dry
Bentonite, Crude
Bentonite 100 Mesh
Boneblack
Bonemeal
Bones, Crushed
Bones, Ground
Borax, Fine
Bran, Rice-Rye-Wheat
Brewers Grain, spent, dry
Brewers Grain, spent, wet
Buckwheat
Calcium Oxide
(See Lime, unslaked)
Cast Iron, Chips
Cement, Clinker
Cement, Portland
Chalk, Crushed
Chalk, Pulverized
Charcoal, Lumps
Cinders, Coal
Clay, Brick, Dry, Fines
Coal, Anthracite,
Sized 12
Coal, Bituminous, Mined,
Slack
Coffee, Green Bean
Coffee, Roasted Bean
Coke, Breeze
Coke, Loose
Coke, Petrol, Calcined
Copra, Cake, Ground
Copra, Cake, Lumpy
Copra, Lumpy
Copra, Meal
Cork, Granulated
Corn, Cracked
Corn Germ
Corn Grits
Cornmeal
Corn Shelled
Corn Sugar
Cottonseed, Cake, Lumpy
Cottonseed, Dry, Delinted
Cottonseed, Dry,
Not Delinted
Cottonseed, Hulls
Cottonseed, Meal, Extracted
Cottonseed, Meats, Dry
Distillers Grain, Spent Dry
Dolomite, Crushed
Ebonite, Crushed
Feldspar, Ground
*Elevator Series Designation
A = Series 100 Chain
B = Series 100 Belt
C = Series 200 Chain
Material
Code
Density
LBS/FT3
Material
14-22
27-30
28-30
45-50
50-60
55-65
7-15
60-120
35-40
45
30-45
40-55
75-85
B6-45WY
C12-35Q
C12-35Q
B6-35U
B6-25
B6-27MY
E-45V
A100-17M
D3-46T
C12-45
B6-25
A100-35
D3-36
F, H
C, F, H
F
A, F
A, F
G
F
F
C
A, C, F
F
F
A, C, F
36
48
34-40
50-60
20-25
50-60
35-50
50
45-55
16-20
14-30
55-60
37-42
C 2-15W
C12-15
D3-45X
A100-25MXY
A100-25Y
B6-35
D3-45
B6-35
B6-25T
B6-35NY
C12-45
C12-45T
B6-25N
A, C, F, H
A, C, F, H
A, C
A, C
F
A, C
A, C, F, H
A, C, F, H
A, C
A, C
A, C
A, C
E
130-200
75-95
94
75-95
67-75
18-28
40
100-120
C12-45
D3-36
A100-26M
D3-25
A100-25MXY
D3-45Q
D3-36T
C12-36
F
A, F
A, F
A, F
A, F
F
A, F
B
49-61
C12-25
A, F
43-50
25-32
20-30
25-35
23-35
35-45
40-45
25-30
22
40-45
12-15
40-50
21
40-45
32-40
45
30-35
40-45
22-40
C12-45T
C12-25PQ
C12-25PQ
C12-37
D7-37
D7-37
B6-45HW
D3-35HW
E-35HW
B6-35HW
C12-35JY
B6-25P
B6-35PY
B6-35P
B6-35P
C12-25
B6-35PU
D7-45HW
C12-25X
A, F
A, F
A, F
B, D
D
D
A, C, F, G
A, C, F
A, C, F
A, C, F, G
F, H
F, H
A, C
A, C
A, C
E
A, C
A, C
B, D
18-25
12
35-40
40
30
80-100
63-70
65-80
C12-45XY
B6-35Y
B6-45HW
B6-35HW
B6-35
C12-36
C12-35
A100-37
B, D
F, G
A, C
A, C
A, C
A, F
F
A, C, F,
D = Series 200 Belt

E = Series 500 Belt
F = Series 700 Chain
SEARCH
Recommended
Elevator
Series*
EXIT
Material
Feldspar, Powder
Flaxseed
Flaxseed Cake
(Linseed Cake)
Flaxseed Meal
(Linseed Meal)
Fullers Earth, Dry, Raw
Fullers Earth, Oily, Spent
Glass, Batch
Granite, Fine
Gypsum, Calcined
Gypsum, Calcined,
Powdered
Gypsum, Raw 1
Hops, Spent, Dry
Hops, Spent, Wet
Ice, Crushed
Ilmenite Ore
Lime, Ground, Unslaked
Lime, Hydrated
Lime, Pebble
Limestone, Agricultural
Limestone, Crushed
Malt, Dry, Ground
Malt, Meal
Malt, Dry Whole
Marble, Crushed
Milk, Malted
Oats
Oats, Rolled
Oxalic Acid Crystals
Ethane Diacid Crystals
Phosphate Rock, Broken
Phosphate Rock, Pulverized
Potash (Muriate) Dry
Pumice 18
Rice, Bran
Rice, Grits
Rice, Hulled
Rye
Salt Cake, Dry Coarse
Salt, Dry Fine
Sand Dry Bank (Damp)
Sand Dry Bank (Dry)
Sand Foundry (Shake Out)
Shale, Crushed
Slag, Blast Furnace
Crushed
Slate, Crushed 12
Soda Ash, Heavy
Soda Ash, Light
Sodium Phosphate
Soybean, Cake
Soybean, Cracked
Soybean, Flake, Raw
Soybean, Flour
Soybean Meal, Cold
Soybean Meal, Hot
Soybeans, Whole
Sugar Beet, Pulp, Dry
Sugar Beet, Pulp, Wet
Sugar, Raw
Trisodium Phosphate,
Granular
Wheat
Wheat, Cracked
Wheat, Germ
Wood Chips, Screened
Recommended
Elevator
Series*
Density
LBS/FT3
Material
Code
100
43-45
A200-36
B6-35X
F, H
E
48-50
D7-45W
25-45
30-40
60-65
80-100
80-90
55-60
B6-45W
A40-25
C12-450W
C12-37
C12-27
B6-35U
A, C
B, D
B, D
B, D
F
A, C, F, H
60-80
70-80
35
50-55
35-45
140-160
60-65
40
53-56
68
85-90
20-30
36-40
20-30
80-95
27-30
26
19-24
A100-35U
D3-25
D3-35
D3-45V
D3-35Q
D3-37
B6-35U
B6-35LM
C12-25HU
B6-35
DX-36
B6-35NP
B6-25P
C12-35N
B6-37
A40-45PX
C12-25MN
C12-35NY
A, F
F
A, C
A, C
A, F
A, C, F, G
A, C, F, G
F
A, F
A, C, F, H
F, H
A, C
A, C
A, C
F
A
E
A, C
60
75-85
60
70
42-48
20
42-45
45-49
42-48
85
70-80
110-130
90-110
90-100
85-90
B6-35QS
DX-36
B6-36
B6-37
B6-46
B6-35NY
B6-35P
C12-25P
B6-15N
B6-36TU
B6-36TU
B6-47
B6-37
D3-37Z
C12-36
B, D
A, C, F, H
A, C, F, H
A, C, F
F
E
A, C
E
E
A, C, F, H
F, H
B, G
B, G
B, G
B, H
130-180
80-90
55-65
20-35
50-60
40-43
30-40
18-25
27-30
40
40
45-50
12-15
25-45
55-65
D3-37Y
C12-36
B6-36
A40-36Y
A-35
D3-35W
C12-36NW
C12-35Y
A40-35Mn
B6-35
B6-35T
C12-26NW
C12-26
C12-35X
B6-35PX
F
F
A, C
F, H
A, F
C
A
A, C
B, D
A, C
A, C
E
F, H
F, H
A, C
60
45-48
40-45
18, 28
10-30
B6-36
C12-25N
B6-25N
B6-25
D3-45VY
A, F
E
A, C
A, C
B, D
G = Series 700 Belt

H = Series 800 Chain
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-121
Centrifugal
Discharge Chain
Series 100 Chain (Series 200 is for Head Take-up)
Centrifugal discharge chain type elevators handle a variety of relatively free-flowing dry materials with small
to medium lump sizes that are mildly to moderately abrasive.
Buckets
Capacities and horsepower listed are for style AA buckets. Style A, AA-RB and Salem can be furnished.
Style C may also be used to handle wet or sticky materials. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.
Chain
Centrifugal discharge chain type elevators are furnished with either combination chain for light to medium
service or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for medium to severe service or when a higher chain working load is
required.
Capacity
Elevator
Number
Capacity
in Cubic
Feet per
Hour
Buckets1
Chain
Size
C43-101
95
43
C64-102
279
64
C85-103
Spacing
Boot Sprocket
Approx. Wt. (Lbs.)
Terminals InterShaft
Number of
Pitch
Number of Pitch
RPM
Including mediate*
Diameter
Diameter Diameter Machinery per Ft.
Teeth
Teeth
1
Elevator
Number
10
76
10
1716
515
41
C43-101
24
20
43
18
15
112
698
57
C64-102
203
1134 35
14
18
43
10
13
112
794
73
C85-103
C-102B
231
1134 39
16
2012
43
10
13
112
825
73
C85-104
SS-102B
231
1134 39
16
2012
43
10
13
112
825
72
C85-105
C-102B
260
1134 42
19
2414
41
14
18
930
80
C85-107
224
480
C-102B
C85-104
545
C85-105
545
C85-107
615
16
Head Sprocket
8 18
163
C-188
13
Nominal1
Casing
Size
934 35
C-477
85
914
Max
Speed Lump Size
in
F.P.M. 100% 10%
212
712
712
C85-108
615
SS-102B
260
1134 42
19
2414
41
14
18
900
83
C85-108
C106-110
935
16
C-102B
231
1334 42
16
2012
43
12
1512
910
89
C106-110
C106-111
935
16
SS-102B
231
1334 42
16
2012
43
12
1512
980
90
C106-111
C106-112
965
18
C-110
268
1334 48
13
25
41
11
2114
1055
90
C106-112
C106-113
965
18
SS-110
268
1334 48
13
25
41
11
2114
1160
93
C106-113
C106-116
1053
16
C-102B
260
1334 48
19
2414
41
16
2012
1175
94
C106-116
C127-117
1530
18
SS-110
268
1534 48
13
25
41
1712
1155
97
C127-117
C127-119
1667
16
C-102B
260
1534 48
19
2414
41
14
18
1090
102
C127-119
C127-120
1745
18
SS-110
306
1534 54
16
3034
38
12
2314
2716
1480
107
C-127-120
C127-122
1945
16
C-102B
303
1534 54
24
3012
38
19
2414
2716
1385
104
C127-122
C147-123
1699
19
C-111
260
1734 48
16
2412
41
12
1814
1390
107
C147-123
C147-124
1850
18
SS-110
268
1734 48
13
25
41
1712
1367
102
C147-124
C147-126
2018
16
C-102B
260
1734 48
19
2414
41
14
18
1255
103
C147-126
C147-127
1980
19
C-111
303
1734 54
20
3012
38
16
2414
1600
110
C147-127
C147-128
2092
18
SS-110
306
1734 54
16
3034
38
12
2314
1560
107
C147-128
C147-130
2352
16
C-102B
303
1734 54
24
3012
38
19
2414
1405
108
C147-130
C168-131
2512
19
C-111
260
1934 48
16
2412
41
11
17
1454
116
C168-131
C168-132
2520
18
SS-110
247
1934 48
12
23
41
1712
1489
122
C168-132
C168-133
2928
19
C-111
303
1934 54
20
3012
38
14
2114
1658
124
C168-133
C168-134
3122
18
SS-110
306
1934 54
16
3034
38
11
2114
1783
119
C168-134
10 6
12 7
14 7
16 8
114
114
112
312
412
2716
2716
Based on 75% full bucket

* Includes casing, chain and buckets
1
Dimensions are in inches
H-122
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Centrifugal Discharge Chain

Series 100
Horsepower*
Material Density (Pounds per Cubic Feet)
Elevator
Number
Centers
Feet
C43-101
C64-102
35
50
75
100
Head
Shaft
Diameter
Head
Shaft
Diameter
HP
Head
Shaft
Diameter
HP
Head
Shaft
Diameter
HP
1716
1716
0-100
1716
HP
Centers
Feet
0-100
Centers
Feet
0-100
Centers
Feet
Elevator
Number
0-80
1716
81-100
1716
112
0-61
11516
0-59
11516
0-57
11516
0-54
11516
112
62-100
2716
60-83
2716
112
57-85
2716
112
55-75
2716
84-100
2716
86-100
21516
C85-103
0-35
1-1516
0-34
11516
C85-104
36-71
2716
112
35-60
2716
C85-105
72-100
21516
61-80
81-100
C85-107
76-90
21516
91-100
21516
C43-101
C64-102
0-29
11516
112
0-27
11516
112
C85-103
112
30-54
2716
28-40
2716
C85-104
21516
55-81
2716
41-60
2716
C85-105
21516
82-100
21516
61-100
21516
C85-107
and
and
C85-108
C85-108
C106-110
0-28
11516
0-27
11516
112
0-21
11516
112
0-25
2716
C106-110
C106-111
29-53
2716
112
28-50
2716
22-33
2716
26-34
2716
C106-111
C106-112
54-71
21516
51-75
21516
34-50
2716
35-62
21516
C106-112
C106-113
72-100
3716
76-100
3716
51-83
21516
63-93
3716
712
C106-113
84-100
3716
712
94-100
3716
and
10
C106-116
and
C106-116
C127-117
0-20
11516
112
0-27
2716
0-23
2716
0-23
2716
C127-117
C127-119
21-33
2716
28-48
21516
24-39
21516
24-34
21516
712
C127-119
C127-120
34-40
2716
49-58
3716
40-58
21516
712
35-58
3716
10
and
41-69
21516
59-87
3716
712
59-78
3716
10
59-100
31516
20
C127-122
70-100
3716
712
88-100
31516
10
79-100
31516
15
C147-123
0-34
2716
0-23
2716
0-21
2716
0-34
21516
712
C147-123
C147-124
35-58
15
2 16
24-41
2 16
22-37
2 16
7 2
35-47
3 16
10
C147-124
C147-126
59-68
21516
42-71
3716
712
38-63
3716
10
48-71
31516
15
C147-126
C147-127
69-95
3716
712
72-95
31516
10
64-94
31516
15
71-91
31516
20
C147-127
C147-128
96-100
31516
712
96-100
31516
15
95-100
31516
20
92-100
31516
25
C147-128
and
C168-131
0-44
21516
0-37
21516
0-27
21516
712
0-37
3716
10
C168-131
C168-132
45-73
3716
712
38-55
3716
712
28-36
3716
712
38-55
31516
15
C168-132
C168-133
74-100
31516
10
56-74
31516
10
37-48
3716
10
56-66
31516
20
C168-133
75-87
31516
15
49-73
31516
15
67-74
4716
20
and
88-100
4716
20
74-100
4716
20
75-100
4716
25
C168-134
15
15
C127-120
and
C127-122
and
C147-130
C147-130
and
C168-134
*Based on 100% full bucket
*For nominal dimensions see page H-131.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-123
Centrifugal
Discharge Belt
Series 100 Belt (Series 200 is for Head Take-up)
Centrifugal discharge belt type elevators handle a variety of relatively free-flowing dry materials with small to
medium lump sizes that are mildly, moderately or extremely abrasive.
Buckets
Capacities and horsepower listed are for style AA buckets. Style A, AA-RB and Salem can be furnished. Style C
may also be used to handle wet or sticky materials. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.
Belt
Centrifugal discharge belt type elevators are furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting specifically
designed for elevator service. Many other types of belts and covers are available.
Capacity
1
Elevator
Number
Capacity in
Cubic Feet
per Hour
Buckets1
Size
Spacing
Belt1
Width
Speed in
F.P.M.
Max
Lump Size
100%
10%
2 2
B43-139
107
43
159
B64-140
336
64
13
270
B64-141
294
64
13
236
B85-142
558
85
16
236
B85-143
638
85
16
270
B106-144
956
10 6
16
11
236
B106-145
1094
10 6
16
11
270
B127-146S
4938
12 7
16
24
385
114
312
Nominal1
Casing
Size
Head
Pulley
Diameter1
Boot
Shaft
RPM
Pulley
Diameter1
Approx. Wt. (Lbs.)
Terminals
InterShaft
Including mediate*
Diameter Machinery per Ft.
8 18
76
1716
785
42
B43-139
11 4 39
24
43
16
1 2
922
51
B64-140
1134 35
20
45
16
112
892
51
B64-141
13 4 39
20
45
14
889
66
B85-142
1334 42
24
43
16
1120
78
B85-143
1534 42
20
45
16
1130
76
B106-144
1534 48
24
43
20
1292
82
B106-145
42
35
30
2716
2345
141
28 64S
B127-146S
Staggered
Staggered
B127-146
1540
12 7
18
13
270
B127-147
1791
12 7
18
13
314
B147-148
1864
14 7
18
15
270
B147-149
2168
14 7
18
15
314
B168-150
2409
16 8
18
18
236
B168-152
3204
16 8
18
18
314
114
1734 48
24
43
20
2716
1419
85
B127-146
17 4 54
30
40
24
2716
1692
92
B127-147
19 4 48
24
43
20
2 16
1542
93
B147-148
1934 54
30
45
24
2716
1803
99
B147-149
2234 48
20
45
18
2716
1963
95
B168-150
2234 54
30
40
24
2716
2075
109
B168-152
1 4
1
112
412

* Includes casing, belt and buckets
1
H-124
Elevator
Number
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Centrifugal Discharge Belt

Series 100
Horsepower*
Elevator
Number
Centers
Feet
B43-139
B64-140
and
35
50
75
100
Head
Shaft
Diameter
Head
Shaft
Diameter
HP
Head
Shaft
Diameter
HP
Head
Shaft
Diameter
HP
1716
1716
0-100
1716
HP
0-80
11516
81-100
11516
112
B64-141
B85-142
0-42
11516
and
43-71
2 16
B85-143
72-95
96-100
B106-144
Centers
Feet
0-100
Elevator
Number
0-80
1716
81-100
11516
112
B43-139
0-66
11516
0-44
11516
0-33
11516
11516
112
45-66
11516
112
34-50
11516
112
and
81-100
11516
67-88
11516
51-66
11516
B64-141
89-100
2716
11516
1 2
34-50
2 16
21516
51-66
21516
0-100
Centers
Feet
67-80
0-33
Centers
Feet
67-92
11516
93-100
2716
B64-140
0-33
11516
112
0-25
11516
112
1 2
34-44
2 16
26-33
2 16
and
2716
45-66
2716
34-50
2716
B85-143
67-90
21516
67-100
21516
91-100
21516
51-83
21516
84-100
21516
712
B85-142
0-25
1 16
0-24
1 16
1 2
0-20
1 16
1 2
0-30
2 16
and
26-42
2716
112
25-40
2716
21-26
2716
31-50
21516
and
B106-145
43-57
21516
41-60
21516
27-40
2716
51-75
3716
712
B106-145
58-85
21516
61-100
3716
41-66
21516
76-100
3716
10
86-100
3 16
67-100
3 16
7 2
B127-146S
0-27
21516
0-34
3716
0-30
3716
10
0-35
31516
15
B127-146S
Staggered
28-44
3716
712
35-46
31516
10
31-46
31516
15
36-46
4716
20
Staggered
45-66
31516
10
47-69
4716
15
47-61
4716
20
47-58
41516
25
67-89
4716
15
70-93
41516
20
62-77
41516
25
59-69
41516
30
90-100
41516
15
94-100
41516
25
78-92
41516
30
70-93
5716
40
0-35
2716
0-34
2716
0-25
2716
0-31
21516
and
36-53
21516
35-59
21516
26-41
21516
32-46
3716
712
B127-147
54-89
3716
60-93
3716
712
42-62
3716
712
47-62
3716
10
90-100
3716
712
94-100
31516
63-72
3716
10
63-93
31516
15
73-100
31516
15
94-100
4716
20
0-17
2716
0-15
2716
B147-148
712
B147-149
B127-146
15
15
712
10
15
B106-144
B127-146
and
B127-147
B147-148
0-27
2716
0-20
2716
B147-149
28-45
21516
21-39
21516
712
18-34
21516
16-33
21516
46-75
3716
40-76
3716
712
35-52
3716
712
34-51
3716
10
76-100
31516
712
77-100
31516
53-69
31516
10
52-76
31516
15
76-100
4716
15
77-100
4716
20
0-35
3716
0-29
3716
10
B168-150
36-47
31516
10
44
31516
15
B168-152
10
B168-150
0-28
21516
0-28
21516
B168-152
29-51
3716
29-46
3716
712
52-76
31516
712
47-70
31516
10
48-71
4716
15
65
4716
20
77-100
4716
10
71-92
4716
15
72-95
41516
20
89
41516
25
92-100
4 16
20
96-100
4 16
25
100
5716
30
15
15
712
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-125
Continuous
Discharge Chain
Series 700 Chain (Series 800 is for Head Take-up)
Continuous discharge chain type elevators will handle various free-flowing dry or sluggish materials
which contain medium to large lumps and are mildly, moderately or extremely abrasive.
Buckets
Capacities and horsepower listed are for a 10 gauge medium-front, non-overlapping style fabricated
steel bucket. High front style buckets are available. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.
Chain
Continuous discharge chain type elevators are furnished with combination chain for mild to moderate
service or all steel (steel knuckle) chain for moderate to severe service or when a higher chain working load is required.
Capacity
Elevator
Number
Capacity
in Cubic
Feet per
Hour
Buckets1
Chain
Size
Spacing
Speed
in
F.P.M.
Max
Lump Size
Head Sprocket
10%
Nominal1
Casing
Size
No. of
Teeth
212
1134 39
16
212
1134 39
16
212
1334 39
100%
Boot Sprocket
Approximate Wt. (Lbs.)
Terminals InterIncluding mediate*

Machinery per Ft.
Elevator
Number
RPM
No. of
Teeth
Pitch
Dia1
Shaft
Dia1
2012
23
11
1414
112
902
82
2012
23
11
1414
112
899
83
C85-767
16
2012
23
11
1414
889
93
C105-768
Pitch
Dia1
C85-766
590
8 5 734
C-102B
125
C85-767
590
8 5 734
SS-102B
125
C105-768
750
10 5 734
C-102B
125
C105-769
750
10 5 734
SS-102B
125
212
1334 39
16
2012
23
11
1414
842
94
C105-769
C107-770
1080
10 7 1158
12
C-110
125
1334 48
13
25
19
10
1912
1167
100
C107-770
C107-771
1080
10 7 1158
12
SS-110
125
1334 48
13
25
19
10
1912
1271
103
C107-771
C127-772
1294
12 7 1158
12
C-110
125
1534 48
13
25
19
10
1912
2716
1230
113
C127-772
C127-773
1294
12 7 1158
12
SS-110
125
1534 48
13
25
19
10
1912
2716
1325
115
C127-773
C147-774
1519
14 7 1158
12
C-110
125
1734 48
13
25
19
10
1912
2716
1301
117
C147-774
C147-775
1519
14 7 1158
12
SS-110
125
1734 48
13
25
19
10
1912
2716
1399
121
C147-775
C128-776
1550
12 8 1158
12
C-110
125
114
1534 48
13
25
19
1712
2716
1295
116
C128-776
C128-777
1550
12 8 1158
12
SS-110
125
114
1534 48
13
25
19
1712
2716
1515
122
C128-777
C148-778
1817
14 8 1158
12
C-110
125
114
1734 48
13
25
19
1712
2716
1453
119
C148-778
C148-779
1817
14 8 1158
12
SS-110
125
114
1734 48
13
25
19
1712
2716
1600
126
C148-779
C168-781
2090
16 8 1158
12
SS-110
125
112
412
1934 48
13
25
19
1712
2716
1667
133
C168-781
C188-783
2340
18 8 1158
12
SS-110
125
112
412
2234 48
13
25
19
1712
2716
1701
140
C188-783

* Includes casing, chain and buckets
1
H-126
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
C85-766
Continuous Discharge Chain

Series 700
Horsepower*
Elevator
Number
Centers
Feet
35
50
75
100
Head
Shaft
Diameter
Head
Shaft
Diameter
Head
Shaft
Diameter
Head
Shaft
Diameter
HP
HP
Centers
Feet
HP
Centers
Feet
HP
Centers
Feet
Elevator
Number
C85-776
0-16
11516
0-15
11516
0-14
11516
0-16
2716
112
B85-776
C85-767
17-35
2716
16-33
2716
15-31
2716
112
17-29
21516
B85-767
36-61
21516
112
34-58
21516
112
32-53
21516
30-60
31516
62-100
3716
59-80
3716
54-71
3716
61-100
4716
81-100
3 16
72-100
3 16
15
C105-768
0-13
11516
0-27
2716
0-25
2716
112
0-21
2716
112
C105-768
C105-769
14-28
2716
28-42
21516
112
26-38
21516
22-28
21516
C105-769
29-50
21516
112
43-57
3716
39-57
3716
29-42
3716
51-81
3716
58-81
3716
58-90
31516
43-71
31516
82-100
31516
82-100
31516
91-100
31516
712
72-100
4716
712
C107-770
0-24
2716
112
0-22
2716
112
0-20
2716
112
0-16
2716
C107-770
C107-771
25-42
21516
23-40
21516
21-29
21516
17-30
21516
C107-771
43-69
3716
41-65
3716
30-44
3716
31-55
31516
70-100
31516
66-100
31516
45-74
31516
56-83
4716
712
75-100
4716
712
84-100
4716
10
0-16
2716
0-25
21516
C127-772
0-21
2716
0-22
2716
112
C127-773
22-38
21516
C127-772
112
23-36
21516
17-30
21516
26-38
3716
39-51
C127-773
3716
37-54
3716
31-60
31516
39-64
31516
712
52-77
31516
55-90
31516
61-90
4716
712
65-90
4716
10
78-100
4716
91-100
4716
712
91-100
4716
10
91-100
41516
15
C147-774
0-20
2716
0-25
21516
112
0-22
21516
0-23
21516
C147-774
C147-775
21-35
21516
112
26-33
21516
23-33
3716
24-35
3716
C147-775
36-47
3716
34-50
3716
34-55
31516
36-59
31516
712
48-71
31516
51-76
31516
56-83
4716
712
60-83
4716
10
72-100
4 16
77-100
4 16
7 2
84-100
4 16
10
84-100
41516
15
C128-776
0-19
2716
0-18
2716
112
0-20
21516
0-22
21516
C128-776
C128-777
20-32
21516
112
19-30
21516
21-30
3716
23-34
3716
C128-777
33-43
3716
31-46
3716
31-51
31516
35-57
31516
712
44-65
31516
47-73
31516
52-76
4716
712
58-76
4716
10
66-100
4716
74-100
4716
712
77-100
41516
10
77-100
41516
15
C148-778
0-17
2716
112
0-23
21516
0-21
21516
0-28
3716
C148-778
C148-779
18-30
21516
24-35
3716
22-31
3716
29-44
31516
712
C148-779
31-49
3716
36-58
31516
32-53
31516
712
45-58
4716
10
50-68
31516
59-88
4716
712
54-75
4716
10
59-88
41516
15
69-100
4716
712
89-100
41516
10
76-100
41516
15
89-100
5716
20
0-26
21516
0-22
21516
0-18
21516
0-25
3716
27-44
3716
23-33
3716
19-28
3716
26-41
31516
712
45-61
31516
34-55
31516
29-46
31516
712
42-55
4716
10
62-79
4716
56-79
4716
712
47-67
4716
10
56-83
41516
15
80-100
41516
712
80-100
41516
10
68-100
41516
15
84-100
5716
20
0-22
21516
0-28
3716
0-23
3716
0-20
3716
23-37
3716
29-47
31516
24-38
31516
712
21-34
31516
712
38-51
31516
48-66
4716
712
39-55
4716
10
35-47
4716
10
52-68
4716
67-95
41516
10
56-77
41516
15
48-69
41516
15
69-100
41516
712
96-100
5716
15
78-100
5716
20
70-93
5716
20
C168-781
C188-783
15
C168-781
C188-783
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-127
Continuous
Discharge Belt
Series 700 Belt (Series 800 is for Head Take-up)
Continuous discharge belt type elevators will handle various free-flowing dry or sluggish materials
which contain medium to large lumps and are mildly, moderately or extremely abrasive.
Buckets
Capacities and horsepower listed are for a 10 gauge medium front, non-overlapping style fabricated
steel bucket. High front style buckets are available. Consult the factory for a specific recommendation.
Belt
Continuous discharge belt type elevators are furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting
specifically designed for elevator service. Many other types of belt and covers are available.
Capacity
Max
Lump Size
Buckets
Capacity
in Cubic
Feet per
Hour
Size
Spacing
B85-790
945
8 5 734
B105-791
1215
B107-792
Belt
Width1
Speed
in
F.P.M.
200
10 5 734
11
200
1620
10 7 1158
12
11
200
B127-793
1962
12 7 1158
12
13
B147-794
2277
14 7 1158
12
B128-795
2475
12 8 1158
B148-796
2925
B168-797
B188-798
Elevator
Number
100%
10%
Head
Boot
Approx. Weight (Lbs.)
Nominal1
Casing
Size
Pulley
Dia.1
Shaft
RPM
Pulley
Dia.1
Shaft
Dia.1
Terminals
Including
Machinery
Elevator
Number
212
1134 39
20
38.2
14
112
650
75
B85-790
212
1334 39
20
38.2
14
112
660
81
B105-791
1334 48
24
31.8
20
915
93
B107-792
200
1534 48
24
31.8
20
1067
105
B127-793
15
200
1734 48
24
31.8
20
1246
117
B147-794
12
13
200
114
1534 48
24
31.8
20
1181
110
B128-795
14 8 1158
12
15
200
114
1734 48
24
31.8
20
2716
1297
117
B148-796
3375
16 8 1158
12
17
200
112
412
1934 48
24
31.8
20
2716
1426
124
B168-797
3780
18 8 1158
12
19
200
112
412
2234 48
20
38.2
18
2716
1819
140
B188-798

* Includes casing, belt and buckets
1
H-128
Intermediate*
per Ft.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Bucket Elevator
Dimensions
Horsepower*
Material Density
35
Elevator
Number
Centers
Feet
B85-790
B105-791
B107-792
B127-793
B147-794
B128-795
B148-796
B168-797
B188-798
Head
Shaft
Diameter
HP
Centers
Feet
Pounds per Cubic Feet
50
75
100
Head
Shaft
Diameter
Head
Shaft
Diameter
Head
Shaft
Diameter
HP
Centers
Feet
HP
HP
Centers
Feet
Elevator
Number
0-25
11516
0-24
11516
0-20
11516
112
0-25
2716
26-54
2716
112
25-38
2716
112
21-33
2716
26-37
2716
55-71
21516
39-49
2716
34-50
21516
38-62
21516
72-89
21516
50-75
21516
51-83
3716
63-80
3716
712
90-100
3 16
76-100
3 16
84-100
3 16
7 2
81-100
3 16
10
0-19
11516
0-13
11516
112
0-24
2716
0-27
2716
20-38
2716
112
14-36
2716
25-36
21516
28-45
21516
39-51
21516
37-54
21516
37-60
3716
46-68
3716
712
52-77
3 16
55-90
3 16
61-91
3 16
7 2
78-100
3716
91-100
31516
712
92-100
31516
10
0-16
11516
0-21
11516
112
0-28
21516
17-30
2716
112
22-28
2716
29-47
3716
31-40
21516
29-42
21516
48-71
31516
41-61
3716
43-71
3716
72-95
31516
10
62-100
31516
72-100
31516
712
96-100
4716
15
0-14
11516
112
0-23
2716
0-18
2716
15-31
2716
24-35
21516
19-36
32-51
21516
36-58
3716
52-76
3716
59-88
31516
712
77-100
31516
712
89-100
31516
0-21
2716
112
0-20
22-28
21516
29-42
21516
43-68
3716
69-100
15
15
69-90
15
3 16
10
91-100
4716
15
0-18
2716
19-35
21516
36-49
3716
712
50-71
31516
10
72-100
4716
15
0-29
21516
21516
30-43
3716
712
37-48
3716
712
44-58
31516
10
49-78
31516
10
59-88
4716
15
10
79-100
4716
15
89-100
41516
20
2716
0-15
2716
0-25
21516
21-30
21516
16-31
21516
26-37
3716
712
31-50
3716
32-42
3716
38-50
31516
10
51-75
31516
712
43-66
31516
10
51-75
4716
15
31516
712
76-100
4716
10
67-100
4716
15
76-100
41516
20
0-25
2716
0-17
2716
0-30
21516
0-33
3716
26-38
21516
18-35
21516
31-41
3716
712
34-45
31516
10
39-64
3716
36-46
3716
712
42-60
31516
10
46-68
4716
15
65-97
3 16
7 2
98-100
4716
0-21
15
712
712
712
47-87
15
3 16
10
61-90
4 16
15
69-90
41516
20
10
88-100
4716
15
91-100
41516
20
91-100
41516
25
2716
0-14
2716
0-25
21516
0-38
31516
10
22-32
21516
15-29
21516
26-33
3716
712
39-57
4716
15
33-54
3716
30-38
3716
712
34-51
31516
10
58-76
41516
20
55-82
31516
712
39-72
31516
10
52-76
4716
15
77-92
41516
25
83-100
4716
10
73-100
4716
15
77-100
41516
20
93-100
5716
30
0-27
21516
0-20
21516
0-28
3716
0-33
31516
10
28-47
3716
21-33
3716
29-44
31516
10
34-50
4716
15
48-71
31516
34-50
31516
712
45-66
4716
15
51-66
41516
20
72-95
4716
10
51-66
4716
10
67-88
41516
20
67-83
41516
25
96-100
41516
15
67-100
41516
15
89-100
5716
25
84-100
5716
30
0-25
21516
0-30
3716
0-23
3716
0-30
31516
10
26-40
3716
31-45
31516
712
24-40
31516
10
31-45
4716
15
41-60
31516
46-60
4716
10
41-59
4716
15
46-60
41516
20
61-85
4716
10
61-90
41516
15
60-80
41516
20
61-75
5716
25
86-100
41516
15
91-100
41516
20
81-100
5716
25
76-90
5716
30
15
712
712
712
712
B85-790
B105-791
B107-792
B127-793
B147-794
B128-795
B148-796
B168-797
B188-798
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-129
Bucket Elevator
Dimensions
D-1
As
Reqd
112
V
Head
Shaft
Dia.
R
T
AS
Shaft
Centers
Std.
Intermediate
10-0
Lift
Overall
Height
AP
Take- G
Up
H
F
L
N
M
H-130
SEARCH
EXIT
Anchor
Bolt
Plan
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Index/Bucket Elevator
Dimensions
Dimensions (In Inches)

Elevator
Number
Chain
Elevator
Number
Belt
C43-101
Elevator
Number
Belt
Elevator
Number
Chain
B43-139
C64-102
B64-140
C85-103
C85-104
C85-105
C85-107
C85-108
B64-141
B85-790
B105-791
C106-110
C106-111
C106-112
C106-113
C106-116
C85-766
C85-767
B85-142
C105-768
B85-143
C107-770
C107-771
B107-792
B106-144
C127-117
C127-119
C127-120
C127-122
B127-793
B128-795
B106-145
C127-772
C127-773
C128-776
C128-777
B127-146
S
C147-123
C147-124
C147-126
C147-127
C147-128
C147-130
C168-131
C168-132
C168-133
C168-134
B147-794
B147-796
B127-146
C147-774
C147-775
C148-778
C148-779
B127-147
B168-797
B147-148
C168-780
C168-781
B147-149
B188-798
B168-150
C188-782
C188-783
B168-152
Casing
Boot
18
934
35
13
1134
39
1134
Head
2714 3634
42
10
15
2612 43
72
1712 1412 1312 13
14
2612 43
72
35
13
2612 43
1134
39
14
1134
42
16
1334
39
1334
1712
36
14
2934
10
2812
42
1912 1712 3012 13
1912 1612 1512 13
3112
10
3012
42
2112 1912 3212 14
72
1712 1412 1512 13
2934
10
2812
42
1912 1712 3012 14
2612 43
72
1912 1612 1512 13
3112
10
3012
42
2112 1912 3212 14
3212 50
72
21
1512 13
3234
10
3314
42
24
14
2612 43
72
1912 1612 1712 13
3112
10
3012
42
2112 1912 3212 15
42
16
3212 50
72
21
18
1712 13
3234
10
3314
42
24
1334
48
19
4012 60
72
24
21
1712 15
3534
13
3612
48
2712 24
4058 16
1534
42
16
3212 50
72
21
18
1912 13
3214
10
3314
42
24
21
3614 17
1534
48
19
4012 60
72
24
21
1912 15
3534
13
3612
48
2712 24
4058 17
1534
54
21
10
39
6012
72
27
24
1912 17
3814
17
4112
48
31
27
45
1814
28
64
26
10
2934 6012
72
32
29
3012 2614 36
17
4612
48
3612 32
53
24
1734
48
19
10
4012 60
72
24
21
2112 15
3534
13
3612
48
2712 24
4058 18
1734
54
21
10
39
72
27
24
2112 17
3814
17
4112
48
31
45
1934
48
19
10
4012 60
72
24
21
2312 15
3534
13
3612
48
2712 24
4058 19
1934
54
21
10
39
72
27
24
2312 17
3814
17
4112
48
31
45
2234
48
19
10
4012 60
72
24
21
2612 15
3534
13
3612
48
2712 24
4058 21
2234
54
21
10
39
72
27
24
2612 17
3814
17
4112
48
31
45
6012
6012
6012
21
21
27
27
27
D-1
18
2014 13
3614 1412
3614 1512
1914
20
22
NOT certified for construction.

2
Normal maximum for largest headshaft listed.
1
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-131
High Speed Grain Centrifugal

Discharge Belt Series 500
Series 500 Belt
High speed centrifugal discharge grain type elevators are specifically designed to handle very free-flowing, dry, small particle size
materials such as grains efficiently and economically. A variety of bucket sizes and belt speeds are available. Consult the factory for
specific recommendations on size, speed and horsepower requirements.
Buckets
Buckets are available in various styles and materials of construction such as fabricated steel and non-metallic.
Belt
High-speed centrifugal discharge belt type elevators are normally furnished with 100% polyester carcass PVC belting specifically
designed for elevator service. Many other types of belts and covers are available.
Head Housing Features

1. Split hood: 14 gauge is standard. Lower head: 12 ga. is standard.
(10 gauge on elevators with 11 6, 12 6 and 14 7 buckets)
2. Head shaft panels remove hood without disturbing bearings
3. Quick opening inspection door in hood
4. Heavy gauge front hood scroll and discharge
5. Full throw head
6. Adjustable belt bibb in discharge (not shown)
7. Angle and channel reinforced housing
8. Rain proof construction (not shown)
9. Crown face head pulley (not shown)
10. Ball bearing head bearings
Intermediate Housing
11. Rigid 14 gauge intermediate leg construction
12. Angle and flanges
13. Access doors in one section
14. Sway braces at each connection
15. Jig aligned for straightness (not shown)
Boot Housing Features

16. Heavy gauge with angle reinforcement: 12 gauge is standard
(10 gauge on elevators with 11 6, 12 6 and 14 7 buckets)
17. Clean out slide plates
18. Removable side panel
19. Quick opening inspection doors (not shown for clarity)
20. Ball bearing take-ups
21. Crown face pulley (not shown)
22. Female rain-tight cover between intermediate housing connection
(not shown)
23. Boot shaft keyed to pulley (not shown)
Optional Equipment (not shown)

1. Double boot pocket
2. Vent in hood
3. Ladder with cage
4. Intermediate rest platforms
5. Motor base plate
6. Work platforms
7. Roller bearing, head bearings
8. Lagged head pulley (furnished when required)
9. Galvanized construction
10. Discharge transition, valves and turnheads
H-132
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
High Speed Grain Centrifugal

Discharge Belt Series 500
Elevator
Number
Maximum
Capacity
Bucket1
Head
Shaft
RPM
Maximum Centers (Ft.)

Pulley
Belt
Head Shaft Diameter1
BPH
CFH2
Size
Spacing
B75-506
1580
1965
75
80
24
B75-508
1800
2240
75
80
24
B95-514
2438
3033
95
75
B95-515
2779
3458
95
B96-526
3969
4937
96
B96-528
4524
5628
B116-536
4372
B116-538
FPM
11516
2316
2716
21516
502
65
85
112
502
60
85
112
30
11
10
589
40
75
88
140
75
30
11
10
589
40
65
85
130
70
36
11
10
659
34
70
90
110
96
70
36
11
10
659
30
60
80
95
5438
11 6
70
36
13
12
659
52
83
140
4930
6134
11 6
70
36
13
12
659
50
80
130
B126-546
4800
5971
12 6
70
36
14
13
659
45
75
125
B126-548
5413
6734
12 6
70
36
14
13
659
45
75
125
B147-556
7111
8846
14 7
10
63
42
16
15
659
30
50
90
B147-558
7881
9805
14 7
63
42
16
15
659
25
40
85
Dimensions are in inches. BPH 1.24 = CFH.
Dia.1
Face1
Width1
Based on 75% full bucket.
Dimensions1 (In Inches)
As
Reqd
Elevator
Number
Shaft
Centers
Lift
Sway Brace
3716
B75-506
and
B75-508
B95-514
and
B95-515
B96-526
and
B96-528
B116-536
and
B116-538
B126-546
and
B126-548
B147-556
and
B147-558
N* Q
Z1
A1
Boot
Shaft
A2 Diameter
41 912 11 44 14 3812 3312 3058 3478 9 32 1234 6 2312 20 40 1212 11 10
112
47
11 13 50 16 4612 41
3558 4158 10 38 1434 6 2912 22 45 1512 13 13
112
49
11 13 52 16 4712 42
3658 4258 13 40 1434 6 2912 22 45 1512 13 13
112
56 1212 15 59 18 5618 4718 4458 4934 13 47 1634 6 3512 27 51 19 15 15
56 1212 16 59 19 5618 4718 4458 4934 13 47 1734 6 3512 27 51 19 16 15
63
*Approximate.
13 18 65 21 6858 53
5558 5734 15 52 1934 6 4112 33 57 2512 18 17
Not certified for construction.
9 Take-Up
16B
13
Anchor
Bolt
Plan
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-133
Buckets
and Chain
Style AA
Bucket Size
Malleable iron buckets for

general use with most types of
relatively free flowing material
in centrifugal discharge
elevators. Can be mounted on
chain or belt and furnished in
heat-treated malleable iron or
fabricated from various
materials.
234
1.0
.01
414
2.7
.03
512
4.8
.07
10
614
7.7
.12
12
714
12.0
.19
14
714
13.9
.23
16
812
21.8
.34
Weight
Lbs.
Capacity
cu. ft.
XX
.026
Bucket Size
A
412
2.0
412
2.8
.035
10
4.0
.052
12
4.8
.061
14
512
8.5
.138
16
512
10.5
.158
12 Ga.
10 Ga.
Capacity
cu.
ft.
XX
7 4
5.1
6.3
8.7
.070
10
734
5.9
7.4
10.2
.090
10
1158
9.3
11.9
16.5
.180
12
1158
10.4
13.4
18.6
.218
14
1158
11.6
14.9
20.7
.253
12
1158
11.2
14.4
20.0
26.1
.275
14
1158
12.4
16.0
22.2
29.1
.325
16
1158
13.7
17.6
24.5
32.0
.375
18
1158
14.9
19.2
26.7
35.0
Continuous
Weight
Lbs.
Bucket Size
Medium front non-overlapping

fabricated steel buckets are
used in continuous discharge
elevators for general service.
Heavier gauges should be
used when handling abrasive
materials. Available fabricated
from various materials. High
front continuous buckets are
available also.
Capacity
cu. ft.
XX
Style C
Malleable iron buckets are
used in centrifugal discharge
elevators to handle materials
that tend to pack or stick, such
as sugar, clay, salt or wet
grains. Can be furnished or
fabricated steel.
Weight
Lbs.
High-Speed Grain
16
.420
End
Gauge
Body
Gauge
Wt.
lbs.
Capacity
cu.
ft.
XX
412
16
18
1.8
.071
412
16
16
2.5
.091
538
14
16
3.4
.131
11
538
14
16
3.8
.160
12
538
14
16
4.0
.175
14
538
14
16
4.8
.203
Bucket Size
Designed specifically to
handle materials, such as
grains, efficiently without
premature discharge.
Salem
AA-RB
Consult Factory
Non-Metallic
Chain
Combination chains, C-, have
cast block links and steel
connecting side bars. All steel
(steel knuckle), SS, are
fabricated of steel.
Attachments are available
either on the connecting side
bars or block link.
Wt. Per Ft. Lbs.

Attachment
Every
Attachment
Other Pitch
Number
Dimension in Inches
Chain No.
Pitch
in
Inches
Average
Ultimate
Strength
Lbs.
Rated
Working
Value
Lbs.
C-977
2.308
11,000
1830
2.2
K-1
C-188
2.609
14,000
1950
4.8
K-2
C-102B
4.0
24,000
4000
7.8
K-2
C-110
6.0
24,000
4000
7.3
K-2
C-111
4.76
36,000
5,950
10.7
K-2
SS-102B
4.0
40,000
6,290
9.0
K-2
SS-110
6.0
40,000
6290
8.6
K-2
Pin
Diameter
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
4 1 8
INDEX
Barrel or
Knuckle
Diameter
16 78
16
NOTE: All dimensions are inside to inside of bucket.
H-134
Side
Bar
8
8
8 112
1132
8 112
1516
8 1 4
11532
8 1 2
8 112
114
Bucket Punching (Belt)

CEMA Standard (Formerly P1 thru P9)
C BOLTS
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
Salem
and Other Similar
Light Buckets
A
B-1
438
M.I. & Steel Buckets

Style A, AA, AA-RB, B, C, etc.
C*
Punch
B-1
4-38
4-516
B-6
4-516
B-6
312
4-516
B-6
412
4- 16
B-7
4-516
B-7
412
B-2
3116
10
B-2
478
12
B-3
338
14
B-4
16
B-5
278
18
Continuous
Buckets
Punch
C*
4 -516
B-6
4 -516
B-6
312
4 -516
B-6
412
C*
4-516
16
B-7
DEPTH 1
2
Punch
B8
16
B-7
412
B=
Bucket
Length
B-7
4-516
4-516
16
16
16
*C = Bolt Diameter. See Chart on Page H136.

Chain
Number
Bucket Punching Chain

E BOLT DIA
Style AA, C, SC, etc.
Continuous
Attachment
Number
C-977
K-1
C-188
K-2
114
4316
234
C-102B
K-2
134
5516
C-110
K-2
134
5516
338
C-111
K-2
2516
614
218
SS-102B
K-2
134
5516
SS-110
K-2
134
5516
338
High Speed Grain

Bucket
Size
Punch
75
B2
21116
134
95
B2
3 8
1 4
96
B2
358
11 6
B3
12 6
B3
338
14 7
B4
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Platforms
Head section service platforms are of structural steel,
angle hand rails and heavy
non-skid grating. The platform
mounts securely to the elevator head section. Various sizes
and configurations are available. Rest platforms are also
available and required at 30
intervals.
4
4
4
4
4
16
Ladders/Safety Cages
Ladders with safety cages are
available. They are constructed of heavy gauge steel and
sized to provide easy access
to platforms. Ladders with
safety cage are easily bolted
to the elevator casings.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-135
Formulas for Calculating Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts,

Washers and Length of Chain or Belt
Centrifugal Discharge Chain Series 100
Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Chain.
Elevator
Number
C43-101
C64-102
C85-103
C85-104
C85-105
C85-107
C85-108
C106-110
C106-111
C106-112
C106-113
C106-116
C127-117
C127-119
C127-120
C127-122
C147-123
C147-124
C147-126
C147-127
C147-128
C147-130
C168-131
C168-132
C168-133
C168-134
Buckets
Style AA Malleable
Size
(Inches)
Spacing
(Inches)
43
64
85
85
85
85
85
10 6
10 6
10 6
10 6
10 6
12 7
12 7
12 7
12 7
14 7
14 7
14 7
14 7
14 7
14 7
16 8
16 8
16 8
16 8
9 4
13
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
18
18
16
18
16
18
16
19
18
16
19
18
16
19
18
19
18
Bucket Bolts and Lock Washers

Hex Head Cap Screws
Quantity
Size
(Inches)
1.5 + (2.58 Shaft Ctrs)

4.4 + (1.85 Shaft Ctrs)
2.75 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs)
3.5 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs)
4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs)
4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs)
3.75 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs)
3.75 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs)
4.33 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
4.33 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
4.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs)
5.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
3.79 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs)
4.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
4.25 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs)
4.74 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs)
5.0 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
3.48 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs)
3.66 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
4.51 + (1.26 Shaft Ctrs)
4.66 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
Chain
Quantity
4 1
4 1
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
1
2 112
3
8 114
3
8 114
1
2 112
3
8 114
3
8 114
1
2 112
3
8 114
1
2 112
3
8 114
Number
2 (No. of Buckets)
2 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
1
1
C-77
C-188
C-102B
C-102B
SS-102B
C-102B
SS-102B
C-102B
SS-102B
C-110
SS-110
C-102B
SS-110
C-102B
SS-110
C-102B
C-111
SS-110
C-102B
C-111
SS-110
C-102B
C-111
SS-110
C-111
SS-110
Attachment
Every _ Link
K1- 4th
K1-5th
K2-4th
K2-4th
K2-4th
K2 - 4th
K2 - 4th
K2 - 4th
K2 - 4th
K2 - 3rd
K2 - 3rd
K2 - 4th
K2 - 3rd
K2 - 4th
K2 - 3rd
K2 - 4th
K2 - 4th
K2 - 3rd
K2 - 4th
K2 - 4th
K2 - 3rd
K2 - 4th
K2 - 4th
K2 - 3rd
K2 - 4th
K2 - 3rd
Length
(Feet)
2.31 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
Centrifugal Discharge Belt Series 100

Number of Buckets, Bucket Bolts, Washers and Length of Belt.
Elevator
Number
B43-139
B64-140
B64-141
B85-142
B85-143
B106-144
B106-145
B127-146
B127S-146S
B127-147
B147-148
B147-149
B168-150
B168-152
Buckets
Style AA Malleable
Size
(Inches)

(Norway Elevator Bolts)
Quantity
Spacing
(Inches)
43
64
64
85
85
10 6
10 6
12 7
Staggered
12 7
12 7
14 7
14 7
16 8
16 8
8
13
13
16
16
16
16
18

4.85 + (1.85 Shaft Ctrs)
4.34 + (1.85 Shaft Ctrs)
3.34 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs)
4.13 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs)
3.53 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs)
4.34 + (1.5 Shaft Ctrs)
3.86 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
16
18
18
18
18
18

4.72 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
3.86 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
4.72 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
3.31 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
4.72 + (1.33 Shaft Ctrs)
Size
(Inches)
Belt
(Including 3 Buckets Overlap)
Quantity
No. of Holes to be
Punched in Belt
Length
(Feet)
4 1
4 1
4 1
1
4 114
1
4 114
5
16 114
5
16 114
5
16 112
2 (No. of Buckets)
2 (No. of Buckets)
2 (No. of Buckets)
5 (No. of Buckets)
5 (No. of Buckets)
5 (No. of Buckets)
5 (No. of Buckets)
5 (No. of Buckets)
6 + (No. of Bolts)
6 + (No. of Bolts)
6 + (No. of Bolts)
15 + (No. of Bolts)
15 + (No. of Bolts)
15 + (No. of Bolts)
15 + (No. of Bolts)
15 + (No. of Bolts)
5 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
11 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
16 112
16 112
16 112
5
16 112
5
16 112
5
16 112
5 (No. of Buckets)
5 (No. of Buckets)
7 (No. of Buckets)
7 (No. of Buckets)
7 (No. of Buckets)
7 (No. of Buckets)
15 + (No. of Bolts)
15 + (No. of Bolts)
21 + (No. of Bolts)
21 + (No. of Bolts)
21 + (No. of Bolts)
21 + (No. of Bolts)
15 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
11 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
13 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
1
1
1
5
5
5
Continuous Discharge Chain Series 700

Elevator
Number
C85-766
C85-767
C105-768
C105-769
C107-770
C107-771
C127-772
C127-773
C147-774
C147-775
C128-776
C128-777
C148-778
C148-779
C168-781
C168-783
Buckets
Medium Front Continuous Steel Buckets

Hex Head Cap Screws
Size
(Inches)
Spacing
(Inches)
Quantity
8 5 734
8 5 734
10 5 734
10 5 734
10 7 1158
10 7 1158
12 7 1158
12 7 1158
14 7 1158
14 7 1158
12 8 1158
12 8 1158
14 8 1158
14 8 1158
16 8 1158
18 8 1158
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

Size
(Inches)
8 114
8 114
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
8 114
3
3
3
Chain
Quantity
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
4 (No. of Buckets)
Number
Attachment
Every _ Link
Length
(Feet)
C-102B
SS-102B
C-102B
SS-102B
C-110
SS-110
C-110
SS-110
C-110
SS-110
C-110
SS-110
C-110
SS-110
SS-110
SS-110
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd
K2 - 2nd

Continuous Discharge Belt Series 700

Elevator
Number
B85-790
B105-791
B107-792
B127-793
B147-794
B128-795
B148-796
B168-797
B183-798
Buckets
Medium Front Continuous Steel Buckets
Size
(Inches)
Spacing
(Inches)
8 5 7 4
10 5 734
10 7 1158
12 7 1158
14 7 1158
12 8 1158
14 8 1158
16 8 1158
18 8 1158
8
8
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

(Norway Elevator Bolts)
Quantity
Size
(Inches)

4 4
16 1
16 1
16 114
5
16 114
5
16 114
5
16 114
5
16 114
5
16 114
1
5
5
5
Quantity
5 (No. of Buckets)
5 (No. of Buckets)
5 (No. of Buckets)
5 (No. of Buckets)
7 (No. of Buckets)
5 (No. of Buckets)
7 (No. of Buckets)
7 (No. of Buckets)
7 (No. of Buckets)
Belt
(Including 3 Buckets Overlap)
Width
(Inches)
9
11
11
13
15
13
15
17
19
No. of Holes to be
Punched in Belt
15 + (No. of Bolts)
15 + (No. of Bolts)
15 + (No. of Bolts)
15 + (No. of Bolts)
21 + (No. of Bolts)
15 + (No. of Bolts)
21 + (No. of Bolts)
21 + (No. of Bolts)
21 + (No. of Bolts)
If answer is a fraction, go to next whole number
H-136
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Length
(Feet)
8 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
7 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
10 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
9 + (2 Shaft Ctrs)
Drag
Conveyors
Drag Conveyors Section VII
Round Bottom
Drag Conveyor
Flat Bottom
Drag Conveyor
MADE IN THE U.S.A.
Martin CONVEYOR DIVISION P.O. BOX 193 MANSFIELD, TX 76063-0193

SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-137
Safety
Safety must be considered a basic factor in machinery operation at all times. Most accidents are the result of carelessness or negligence. The following safety instructions are basic guidelines and should be considered as minimum provisions. Additional information shall be obtained by the
purchaser from other sources including the latest editions of American Society of Mechanical Engineers. Standard ANSI B20.1; Standard ANSI
B15.1; Standard ANSI A12.1; CEMA Standard 350; Standard ANSI Z535.4-1992..
It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to install, maintain and operate the conveyor components and conveyor assemblies manufactured and supplied by Martin Conveyor Division, in such a manner as to comply with the Williams-Steiger
Occupational Safety and Health Act and with all state and local laws and ordinances and the American National Standards Institute
Safety Code.
Precautions:
1. Maintain a safety training and safety equipment operation/maintenance program for all employees.
2. Drag Conveyors shall not be operated unless the conveyor housing completely encloses the conveyor moving elements and power transmission guards are in place. If the conveyor is to be opened for inspection, cleaning or observation, the motor driving the conveyor is to
be locked out electrically in such a manner that it cannot be restarted by anyone, however remote from the area, unless the conveyor
housing has been closed and all other guards are in place.
3. If the conveyor must have an open housing as a condition of its use and application, the entire conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or
fence.
4. RUGGED gratings may be used where necessary. If the distance between the grating moving elements is less than 4 inches, the grating opening must not exceed 12 inch by 1 inch. In all cases the openings shall be restrictive to keep any part of the body or clothing from coming in contact with moving parts of the equipment. SOLID COVERS should be used at all other points and must be designed and installed so that
personnel will not be exposed to accidental contact with any moving parts of the equipment.
5. All rotating equipment such as drives, gears, shafts and couplings must be guarded by the purchaser/owner as required by applicable laws,
standards and good practice.
6. SAFETY DEVICES AND CONTROLS must be purchased and provided by the purchaser/owner as required by applicable laws, standards and
good practices.
7. Practice good housekeeping at all times and maintain good lighting around all equipment.
8. Keep all operating personnel advised of the location and operation of all emergency controls and devices. Clear access to these controls and
devices must be maintained.
9. Frequent inspections of these controls and devices, covers, guards and equipment to ensure proper working order and correct positioning must
be performed.
10. Do not walk on conveyor covers, gratings or guards.
11. Do not poke or prod material in the conveyor.
12. Do not place hands, feet or any part of the body or clothing in the conveyor or opening.
13. Do not overload conveyor or attempt to use it for other than its intended use.
14. Inlet and discharge openings shall be connected to other equipment in order to completely enclose the conveyor.
15. Before power is connected to the drive, a pre-start up check shall be performed to ensure the equipment and area are safe for operation and all
guards are in place and secure.
16. Drag conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are hazardous to personnel. These materials which are
hazardous include those that are explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Conveyors may be designed to handle
these materials. Conveyors are not manufactured or designed to comply with local, state or federal codes for unfired pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to be subjected to internal or external pressure, Martin Conveyor Division should be
consulted prior to any modifications.
All equipment shall be checked for damage immediately upon arrival. Do
not attempt to install a damaged item or conveyor.
All drag conveyors shop assembled by the Martin Conveyor Division, Martin Sprocket and Gear Inc.,
have warning labels affixed in many easily seen locations. If the equipment exterior is painted, coated or
altered in any way or if the material conveyed is in excess of 175F or if a change in the original intended use of the equipment is considered, the Conveyor Division shall be consulted before modifications
are made. Additional stickers are available upon request.
The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association (CEMA) has produced an audio-visual presentation entitled Safe Operation of Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket Elevators.
Conveyor Division encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety information.
Exposed moving
parts can cause
severe injury
CHS930001
H-138
SEARCH
LOCK OUT POWER

before removing
guard
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Round Bottom
Drag Conveyor
Martin
Round Bottom
Drag Conveyors
Heavy Bolted Cover
UHMW
Flight
Available with two style of flights for a custom fit to your exact needs.
Now you never have to buy more conveyor than your application
requires.
AntiTilt
Guide
Martin
Martin
Drag Conveyors are available in sizes 9 through 24. They

are economical and deliver high capacities with low power requirements in a self-cleaning, low friction, quiet running conveyor system.
UHMW
Idler
Sprocket
The Martin Drag Conveyor is constructed with heavy duty terminals to

eliminate casing flex, which contributes to accelerated sprocket and
chain wear due to shaft misalignment.
Form Flanged Trough

9 Thru 18
Materials are carried without tumbling, reducing turbulence, assuring

less product degradation. Flights are of a UHMW polyethylene material and attach to welded steel chain.
The Martin Drag Conveyor is completely enclosed to minimize dust.
All conveyors are offered with bolted formed flange covers with trough
and flange gaskets. For a weather-tight construction, hip roof covers
are available.
The intermediate housings are heavy gauge CEMA standard utroughs. They deliver long life and strength because of their heavy
construction. Additionally, savings result by reducing spare parts
inventory requirements, because your Martin screw conveyor trough
can be used on your drag.
Chain and
Flights
A contoured tail section is utilized to make the Martin Drags virtually

SELF-CLEANING. By eliminating the pockets of material which may
contaminate the product, we save you money and time.
CAUTION: Never operate without covers, always lockout/tagout electric power before performing maintenance.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-139
Round Bottom
Drag Conveyor
Capacity
FPM / RPM
100 PPM
Series
125 PPM
150 PPM
NOTES:
175 PPM
1. Capacities as shown are based on maximum loading of dry,

free flowing small grains weighing 48 pounds per cubic foot
or 60 pounds per bushel. Capacity will vary with other
materials.
Size
CFH
RPM
CFH
RPM
CFH
RPM
CFH
RPM
900
2040
72
2600
90
3050
108
3500
126
1200
12
3475
56
4300
70
5200
84
6075
98
1400
14
4750
45
5900
57
7100
68
8300
79
1600
16
6050
39
7600
48
9150
58
10600
68
1800
18
8100
32
10150
44
12300
53
14300
61
2000
20
10500
30
13000
37
15650
44
18200
51
2400
24
14800
27
18150
34
22000
40
25750
47
2. For conveying materials with CEMA flowability codes of

3 & 4, capacities should be reduced.
3. Capacities are based on horizontal conveyors only.
4. Intermediate discharges will adversely affect capacity.
5. To convert capacity to bushels, multiply cubic feet times
.80.
Horsepower
(Per Foot of Length)
Series
100 PPM
125 PPM
150 PPM
175 PPM
HP/Ft.
HP/Ft.
HP/Ft.
HP/Ft.
Maximum
Chain
Length
Size
900
.027
.034
.041
.046
240
1200
12
.040
.050
.060
.070
240
1400
14
.055
.069
.084
.098
175
1600
16
.069
.086
.103
.120
185
1800
18
.088
.108
.130
.153
155
2000
20
.115
.145
.174
.200
180
2400
24
.150
.185
.225
.259
160
NOTES:
1. To calculate horsepower, multiply the appropriate horsepower factor by the overall length of the conveyor in feet. This allows for
85% efficiency of drive power train and a 1.5 surge factor for start up.
2. Horsepowers are based on maximum loading of dry, free flowing small grains weighing 48 pounds per cubic foot or 60 pounds
per bushel. Horsepowers will vary with other materials.
3. Horsepowers and maximum conveyor lengths are for horizontal conveyors only.
4. Maximum conveyor lengths are calculated at 175 FPM and may vary with speed and materials. If longer conveyors are required
consult Martin.
H-140
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Round Bottom
Drag Conveyor
(Take-up)
(Inside Dim.)
Trough
DIA.
Drive Shaft Detail

Conveyor
Size
By-Pass Inlet
G
J
1
900
17 16
14 2
14
11 8
2 8
11 8
7 8
6 8
20
10
9 8
16
1200
21316
19716
91116
1738
1414
318
1434
958
734
25
13
1214
12716
17
812
1400
24 16
19 16
11 16
20 8
16 4
3 8
17 4
10 8
9 4
26
15
13 2
11 16
2 16
18
812
1600
26 16
23 16
10 16
22 8
19 8
3 2
19 8
12
10 8
30
17
14 8
14
2 16
21 8
1058
1800
30 16
23 16
13 16
25 2
21 8
3 8
22 8
13 8
12 8
35
19
16
12 4
22 8
1018
2000
32 16
28 16
13 16
28 2
24
4 2
24 2
15
13 2
37
21
19 4
17 16
24 16
11516
2400
36 16
29 16
15 16
34 8
29
5 8
28 2
18 8
16 2
41
25
20
15 16
3 16
25 16
10516
11
11
15
Flange Dimensions
For further
information
contact your
nearest
(J) EQ. SPCS @ 6 CNTRS
(K) EQ. SPCS @ 6 CNTRS
Discharge
(J) EQ. SPCS @ 6 CNTRS
Discharge
Martin
Distributor.
L Holes
L Holes
Inlet
L Holes
Intermediate Discharge
Head Discharge
By-Pass Inlet
Flange Dimensions
Conveyor
Size
10
12
17 16
20
13
19716
26
114
518
514
534
514
14
15
19 8
30
1 4
3 2
3 2
3 2
4 4
4 4
16
17
23 16
34
1 4
3 4
5 4
6 4
18
19
23716
38
112
4716
438
438
412
512
20
21
28716
42
112
478
434
434
312
412
24
25
29716
50
112
558
558
512
312
512
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
16
6 Round Bottom Drags can be
16
supplied by Martin for special
16
applications.
16
16
16
16
NEXT
INDEX
H-141
Round Bottom
Drag Conveyor
Material Thickness and Approximate Shipping Weights
Intermediate
Series
Tail
Weight1
Bypass
Weight
Head
Weight
Cover
Standard Duty
Weight2
Specific Duty
Weight3
16
255
14 ga.
16
420
14 ga.
16
460
14 ga.
16
520
14 ga.
16
640
12 ga.
16
705
12 ga.
16
870
12 ga.
16
170
14 ga.
185
16
210
12 ga.
285
16
240
12 ga.
310
16
320
12 ga.
365
16
450
10 ga.
507
16
520
10 ga.
578
16
680
10 ga.
742
900
10 ga.
80
10 ga.
60
1200
10 ga.
130
10 ga.
107
1400
10 ga.
145
10 ga.
130
1600
10 ga.
195
10 ga.
140
1800
10 ga.
245
10 ga.
218
2000
10 ga.
315
10 ga.
275
2400
10 ga.
400
10 ga.
350
1) Tail and head weights shown include bearings, shaft, sprocket and covers.
2) Intermediate weights shown include return idler, trough, covers and bolts.
3) Intermediate standard lengths: 9 diameter, 10 lengths, 12 - 24 diameter, 12 lengths.
Head Section
Tail Section with By-Pass Inlet
1200 Series Drag
CAUTION: Never operate without covers, always lockout/tagout electric power before performing maintenance.
H-142
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Flat Bottom
Drag Conveyor
The Martin Flat Drag Conveyor offers greater capacities than the round bottom drag while requiring minimal space.
Bulk materials are carried en masse with little interval turbulence, tumbling or agitation reducing product degradation. The flat bottom drag is especially well suited to handle
small grains.
Heavy Gauge Bolted Cover
The dust tight design eliminates dust problems while protecting the product from contamination. The Martin Flat
Bottom Drag is supplied with formed flange cover and
screw clamp fasteners as standard. The bottom is bolted
allowing easy access to the interior of the unit for field
maintenance.
Bolted Return Guides
Bolted Liner
Formed Channel
Side Trough
UHMW Flights
The conveyor is constructed with heavy duty formed channel sides. Bolted bottom and side liners of various materials
are offered as an option.
The Martin Flat Bottom Drag is supplied with UHMW polyethylene flights securely fastened to a welded steel chain.
Flights can be supplied of other material if necessary.
Flat Bolted Bottom
Tail Section with Take-Up
Head Section with Drive
CAUTION: never operate without covers, always lockout/tagout electric power before performing maintenance.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-143
Flat Bottom
Drag Conveyor
Horsepower (Per Foot of Length)
Series
100 FPM
125 FPM
150 FPM
175 FPM
200 FPM
HP/Ft.
HP/Ft.
HP/Ft.
HP/Ft.
HP/Ft.
Size
Maximum
Chain
Length
900F
.070
.090
.108
.122
.140
2385
1200F
12
.106
.132
.158
.185
.211
270
1400F
14
.134
.170
.205
.240
.270
215
1600F
16
.180
.220
.264
.308
.360
165
1800F
18
.225
.280
.340
.395
.451
340
2000F
20
.280
.350
.420
.490
.558
300
2400F
24
.380
.470
.565
.660
.765
230
NOTES:
1. To calculate horsepower, multiply the appropriate horsepower factor times the overall length of the conveyor in feet. This allows
for 85% efficiency of drive power train and a 1.5 surge factor for start up.
2. Horsepowers are based on maximum loading of dry, free flowing small grains weighing 48 pounds per cubic foot or 60 pounds
per bushel. Horsepowers will vary with other materials.
3. Horsepowers and maximum conveyor lengths are for horizontal conveyors only.
4. Maximum conveyor lengths are calculated at 175 FPM and may vary with speed and materials. If longer conveyors are required
consult Martin.
5. Special head terminals may be necessary to accommodate anticipated chain stretch as maximum heights are approached.
Capacity FPM / RPM

100 FPM
Series
125 FPM
150 FPM
175 FPM
NOTES:
200 FPM
Size
CFH
RPM
900F
4000
42
1200F
12
6300
1400F
14
8400
1600F
16
1800F
CFH
RPM
5310
51
32
8005
27
10600
10860
24
18
13500
2000F
20
2400F
24
CFH
RPM
CFH
RPM
CFH
RPM
6372
62
7434
72
8497
82
41
9495
49
11000
57
12700
62
34
12650
40
14500
47
16858
54
13608
30
16311
36
18995
42
21718
48
22
16943
27
20351
33
23700
38
27100
44
16500
20
20670
25
24800
30
28945
34
33000
39
24000
17
29300
21
35154
25
41000
29
46902
33
1. Capacities as shown are based on maximum loading of dry, free flowing small grains weighing 48
pounds per cubic foot or 60 pounds per bushel.
Capacity will vary with other materials.
2. Capacities are based on horizontal conveyors only.
3. Intermediate discharges will adversely affect capacity.
4. To convert capacity to bushels, multiply cubic feet
times .80.
Material Thickness and Approximate Shipping Weights

1) Tail and head weights shown include bearings,
shaft and covers.
2) Intermediate weights shown include return
track, trough covers, bolt and chain flights.
All weights are estimated shipping weights.
Supporting structure for conveyor should be
determined using these weights plus weight of
materials contained in conveyor.
H-144
SEARCH
EXIT
100 Intermediate
Series
Contour
Tail
Weight1
900F
10 ga.
105
1200F
10 ga.
130
1400F
10 ga.
165
1600F
10 ga.
211
1800F
10 ga.
296
16
406
16
615
2000F
2400F
PREVIOUS
Head
Weight1
Standard
Duty
Weight2
Standard
Inlet
Weight
Cover
16
302
10 ga.
319
10 ga.
10
14 ga.
16
363
10 ga.
397
10 ga.
12
14 ga.
16
458
10 ga.
452
10 ga.
15
14 ga.
16
506
10 ga.
494
10 ga.
17
14 ga.
16
810
10 ga.
690
10 ga.
21
12 ga.
1124
10 ga.
752
10 ga.
23
12 ga.
1601
10 ga.
850
10 ga.
29
12 ga.
NEXT
INDEX
Flat Bottom
Drag Conveyor
OVERALL LENGTH
SHAFT CENTERS
C (TAKE-UP)
STANDARD 10-0 TROUGH
STANDARD 10-0 TROUGH OR LENGTH TO SUIT
HEAVY GAUGE, SINGLE FORM TOP TROUGH

WITH ANGLE END FLANGES
STANDARD ANGLE FRAME INLET
INSIDE
J
F
CL
MATERIAL FLOW
TROUGH
SUPPORT FOOT
CENTERLINE INLET TO CENTERLINE DISCHARGE
NOTE: DRIVE NEAR SIDE.
R
Q
O (DIA.)
TYPICAL CROSS SECTION OF TROUGH
Conveyor
Size
O (DIA.)
SUPPORT FOOT
FOR SIZES 9, 12, 14, 15, 18
FOR SIZES 20 AND 24
900F
26
13 2
13
15
12 16
2 16
10
6 8
14
10
9 8
16
2 16
16
1200F
30
1418
16
1934
15916
4316
61116
13
758
18
13
1214
18
21516
181516
812
1400F
30
16916
16
2134
17916
4316
71516
15
858
1978
15
1312
20
3716
20716
812
1600F
30
18 4
16
23 4
19 16
4 16
8 4
17
9 8
21 8
17
14 8
22
3 16
24
1058
1800F
36
20 4
20
27
22 8
4 8
15
9 16
19
11
25
19
16
25
15
3 16
25 8
1018
2000F
36
21 8
20
29
24 8
4 8
10 4
21
12
27
21
19 4
27
4 16
29 16
11516
2400 F
36
26 8
20
33
28 8
4 8
12 8
25
14
31
25
20
31
4 16
31 4
10516
L - EQUAL SPACES
FLIGHT SUPPORT
G DIA. HOLES
G DIA. HOLES
For further
information
contact your
nearest
Martin
Distributor.
G DIA. HOLES
FLIGHT SUPPORT
AT 6 CENTERS
FLOW
L - EQUAL SPACES
FLOW
FLOW
AT 6 CENTERS
15
AT 6 CENTERS
13
H - EQUAL SPACES
B
C
B
C
IMMEDIATE DISCHARGE
STANDARD INLET
HEAD DISCHARGE
Flange Dimensions
Conveyor
Size
900F
16
4 2
10
26
1200F
10
18
114
412
414
13
30
414
518
514
16
16
1400F
12
20
114
412
512
514
15
30
414
312
312
312
16
1600F
14
22
114
314
314
312
314
17
30
414
334
16
1800F
15
25
112
312
312
19
36
412
4716
438
438
16
2000F
17
27
112
21
36
412
478
434
434
16
2400F
21
31
112
434
434
25
36
412
558
558
512
16
Special Duty Drags can be furnished for incline applications with and without bend sections.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-145
Screw
Elevator
SECTION VIII
Standard Screw
Elevator
Super Screw
Elevator
H-146
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Warning &
Safety Reminder
Martin Conveyor Division does not install
conveyor; consequently it is the responsibility of
the contractor, installer, owner and user to install,
maintain and operate the conveyor, components
and conveyor assemblies in such a manner as to
comply with the Williams-Steiger Occupational
Safety and Health Act and with all state and local
laws and ordinances and the American National
Standard Institute (ANSI) safety code.
In order to avoid an unsafe or hazardous condition, the assemblies or parts must be installed
and operated in accordance with the following
minimum provisions.
1. Conveyors shall not be operated unless all
covers and/or guards for the conveyor and
drive unit are in place. If the conveyor is to be
opened for inspection cleaning, maintenance
or observation, the electric power to the motor
driving the conveyor must be LOCKED OUT in
such a manner that the conveyor cannot be
restarted by anyone; however remote from the
area, until conveyor cover or guards and drive
guards have been properly replaced.
2. If the conveyor must have an open housing as
a condition of its use and application, the entire
conveyor is then to be guarded by a railing or
fence in accordance with ANSI standard
B20.1-1993, with special attention given to
section 6.12.
3. Feed openings for shovel, front loaders or
other manual or mechanical equipment shall
be constructed in such a way that the conveyor
opening is covered by a grating. If the nature of
the material is such that a grating cannot be
used, then the exposed section of the conveyor is to be guarded by a railing or fence and
there shall be a warning sign posted.
4. Do not attempt any maintenance or repairs of
the conveyor until power has been LOCKED
OUT.
5. Always operate conveyor in accordance with
these instructions and those contained on the
caution labels affixed to the equipment.

6. Do not place hands or feet in the conveyor.
7. Never walk on conveyor covers, grating or
guards.
8. Do not use conveyor for any purpose other
than that for which it was intended.
9. Do not poke or prod material into the conveyor
with a bar or stick inserted through the openings.
10. Keep area around conveyor drive and control
station free of debris and obstacles.
11. Always regulate the feeding of material into the
unit at a uniform and continuous rate.
12. Do not attempt to clear a jammed conveyor
until power has been LOCKED OUT.
13. Do not attempt field modification of conveyor
or components.
14. Screw conveyors are not normally manufactured or designed to handle materials that are
hazardous to personnel. These materials
which are hazardous include those that are
explosive, flammable, toxic or otherwise dangerous to personnel. Conveyors may be
designed to handle these materials.
Conveyors are not manufactured or designed
to comply with local, state or federal codes for
unfired pressure vessels. If hazardous materials are to be conveyed or if the conveyor is to
be subjected to internal or external pressure,
Conveyor Division should be consulted prior to any modifications.
Conveyor Division insists that disconnecting and locking out the power to the motor
driving the unit provides the only real protection
against injury. Secondary safety devices are
available; however, the decision as to their need
and the type required must be made by the
owner-assembler as we have no information
regarding plant wiring, plant environment, the
interlocking of the screw conveyor with other
equipment, extent of plant automation, etc. Other
devices should not be used as a substitute for
locking out the power prior to removing guards or
covers. We caution that use of the secondary

devices may cause employees to develop a false
sense of security and fail to lock out power before
removing covers or guards. This could result in a
serious injury should the secondary device fail or
malfunction.
There are many kinds of electrical devices for
interlocking of conveyors and conveyor systems
such that if one conveyor in a system or process
is stopped other equipment feeding it, or following it can also be automatically stopped.
Electrical controls, machinery guards, railings, walkways, arrangement of installation,
training of personnel, etc., are necessary ingredients for a safe working place. It is the responsibility of the contractor, installer, owner and user to
supplement the materials and services furnished
with these necessary items to make the conveyor
installation comply with the law and accepted
standards.
Conveyor inlet and discharge openings are
designed to connect to other equipment or
machinery so that the flow of material into and
out of the conveyor is completely enclosed.
One or more caution signs (as illustrated
below) are attached to conveyor housings, conveyor covers and screw elevator housings.
Please order replacement caution labels should
the labels attached to this equipment become
illegible.
The label shown below has been reduced in
size. The actual size is printed next to the label.
For more detailed instructions and information,
please request a free copy of our Screw
Conveyor Safety, Installation, Operation,
Maintenance Instructions.
The Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers
Association (CEMA) has produced an audiovisual presentation entitled Safe Operation of
Screw Conveyors, Drag Conveyors, and Bucket
Elevators.
Conveyor Division encourages acquisition and use of this source of safety
information.
WARNING
PROMINENTLY DISPLAY
IN WORK AREAS
CVS930011
Exposed moving
parts can cause
severe injury
Exposed screw and

moving parts can
cause severe injury
LOCK OUT POWER
before removing
cover or servicing
CHS930001
ACTUAL SIZE 6" x 3"

SEARCH
LOCK OUT POWER

before removing
guard
ACTUAL SIZE 5" x 21/2"

EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-147
Screw
Elevator
Martin
For over fifty years,
Martin
Screw Elevators
Standard Screw Elevators have been suc-
cessfully elevating a wide range of materials. In 1956, we added the

heavier duty Superscrew Elevator, giving our customers the ability to
elevate larger capacities to greater heights.
The
Martin
Screw Elevator is ideally suited to elevate a wide range of
bulk materials in a relatively small space. If a material can be classified

as very free flowing or free flowing, it can probably be elevated in a
Screw Elevator.
We offer both our Standard and Superscrew Elevators with several different drive arrangements to meet our customers individual requirements.
Martin has an experienced staff in over twenty locations
throughout the U.S.A. and Canada that can help you design the right
screw elevator for your application. We have the capability of manufacturing our screw elevators in six locations in the U.S.A.
Contact your nearest Martin facility with your application information and
we will design the right elevator for your needs.
Partial Material List

Alfalfa Meal
Barley, Malted
Bone Meal
Cement
Coffee
Corn Meal
Cotton Seed
Cryolite
Flours
Grains
Hops
Ice
Kaolin Clay
Lead Oxide
Lime
Malt
Mica
Milk, Dried
Mixed Feeds
Mustard Seed
Oats
Paper Pulp
Peanuts
Resin
Rubber, Ground
Salt
Sawdust
Screened Wood Chips
Shellac, Powder
Soda Ash
Soybean Meal
Sugar
Sunflower Seeds
Tobacco
Wheat
Wood Flour
Type 4
Superscrew Elevator
H-148
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Screw
Elevator
Martin
Screw Elevators
To help better meet the needs of our customers, we offer both the Martin Standard and Superscrew
Elevators in sixteen different types. The different types allow us to vary the drive location, discharge location and feed arrangement. We are also able to drive the feeder or take-away conveyor by the screw elevator drive.
The
Martin
Screw Elevators are easy to install because they are factory assembled, match-marked and
disassembled prior to shipment. All Martin Screw Elevators are of a sturdy self-supporting design and only
need lateral support when installed.
The drives for the Martin Standard and Superscrew Elevators are manufactured by Martin and are specifically designed for use with our screw elevators. We can also offer a Screw Conveyor Drive arrangement for
lighter duty applications.
Standard Screw Elevator Types
Type B
Straight Inlet
Top Drive,
Pedestal Base
Type BO
Offset Inlet
Top Drive,
Pedestal Base
Type AF1
Straight Inlet Top
Drive, Bottom P.T.O.
w/4-0 Feeder
And Drive
Type AF2
Offset Inlet
Top Drive,
Bottom P.T.O.
With Drive
Type EAF1
Straight Inlet
Bottom Drive,
Thrust Head
Type HAF2
Offset Inlet
Bottom Drive,
Thrust Head
With Drive
Type GAF1
Straight Inlet
Bottom Drive,
Thrust Head w/4-0
Feeder And Drive
Type IAF-2
Offset Inlet
Bottom Drive,
Thrust Head
Type 6
Offset Inlet
Bottom Drive,
Thrust Head
Type 7
Straight Inlet
Bottom Drive,
Thrust Head w/4-0
Feeder And Drive
Type 8
Offset Inlet
Bottom Drive,
Thrust Head
With Drive
SuperScrew Elevator Types
Type 1
Straight Inlet
Top Drive,
Pedestal Base
Type 2
Offset Inlet
Top Drive,
Pedestal Base
Type 3
Straight Inlet Top
Drive, Bottom P.T.O.
w/4-0 Feeder
And Drive
Type 4
Offset Inlet
Top Drive,
Bottom P.T.O.
With Drive
Type 5
Straight Inlet
Bottom Drive,
Thrust Head
NOTE: All elevators are furnished less feeder and/or feeder drive unless otherwise specified.
CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment
for inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-149
Screw
Elevator
All Martin Screw Elevators come with heavy duty helicoid or sectional screws which
are checked for straightness and run-out to insure a smooth running elevator. When
handling free flowing material, we add stabilizers as needed, as the height of the elevator increases. The stabilizer bearings are available in a wide range of bearing
materials to meet our customers requirements, including wood, hard iron, bronze,
UHMW, and others.
Both the Martin Standard Screw and Superscrew Elevators are supplied with split
intermediate housing to allow easier maintenance.
Standard Screw Thrust Unit
Martins specially engineered inlet/bottom section assures a smooth transfer to conveyed material from the horizontal to vertical with a minimum of back-up and product
degradation.
The bottom inspection panel is bolted to minimize any product leakage. It also has a
shroud to assure that the conveyed material is moving smoothly through the area.
The drives for both the Standard Screw and the Superscrew Elevator are manufactured by Martin to guarantee their quality and availability.
Clearance Between
Screw and Housing
Stabilizer Bearing Used on

Standard Screw Elevator
Gauge of Housing
Size
Standard Screw Pedestal Base

9
12
16
Type
of
Housing
Standard Elevator
Standard
Clearance
Close
Fitting
Clearance
Standard
Clearance
Close
Fitting
Clearance
Standard
Clearance
Close
Fitting
Clearance
Standard
Clearance
Close
Fitting
Clearance
Intermediate
Top and
Bottom
Sections
Intermediate
Top and
Bottom
Sections
14
14
14
10
16
14
14
14
10
12
12
12
16
12
12
12
10
10
10
16
10
10
10
10
16
10
Standard Screw Thrust Head
H-150
SEARCH
EXIT
Superscrew Elevator
Clearance
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
16
16
16
16
16
16
Standard Screw
Elevator
The Martin Standard Screw Elevator is designed to handle under normal conditions, capacities ranging from 360 CFH to 3600 CFH in 6 dia., 9 dia., and 12 dia. sizes. With complete information,
Martin engineering staff can help you design the right Screw Elevator for your application.
Martin Standard Screw Elevator Speed / Capacity

Recommended Minimum and Maximum Speeds
Vertical
Shaft
Diameter
Size
Ratio
Top
Drive
Ratio
Bottom
Drive
112
2:1
1.4:1
112
2:1
1.4:1
12
2:1
2:1
For speeds in excess or less than shown, consult
Vertical
Screw
Input
Top
Drive
Input
Bottom
Drive
200
215
275
170
200
230
155
165
200
400
430
550
340
400
460
310
330
400
280
301
385
238
280
322
310
330
400
RPM
Horizontal
Feeder Screw
45 Percent
Loading
Capacity
Cubic Foot
per Hour
165
177
226
139
163
187
147
156
189
360
400
500
1100
1300
1500
2700
3000
3600
Martin .
The Standard Screw Elevator drive unit will function efficiently

with the elevator erected at any angle of incline from horizontal
to vertical. The input shaft can be driven in either direction, and
the input shaft extension may be used to drive a horizontal feeder or discharge conveyor.
Bolts
Oil
Level
Both top and bottom drives are required when the elevator,
feeder and discharge conveyor are all driven from one power
source. A top drive and pedestal base are used when the elevator and discharge conveyor are driven from one source. A bottom drive and thrust unit are necessary if the elevator and
feeder are driven from one power source. The drives are
designed and constructed to withstand all radial and thrust
loads and support the entire weight of a fully loaded elevator.
Grease
Level
Housing
Length
= Lift
+U
Screw
Length
= Lift
+V
Bolts
Grease
Cavity
Oil
Level
Dimensions in Inches
B
Ratio
Size
6*
Top
Drive
2:1
SEE PAGE
Bottom
Drive
1.4:1
112
T Bolts
Top
Drive
Bottom
Drive
Size
B
& BO
All
Other
Types
8-16 NC
1678
2318
8-16 NC
2112
2734
834
2-13 NC
26
3134
1234
No.
Recd
112
5 1312 14
1514
758
41516
414
412 111132 338 31316 1314
2:1
1.4:1
112
112
5 1312 14
1514
41516
10
414
412 111132 338 31316 1314
12
2:1
2:1
5 1312 14
1514
478
41516
13
5916 14716 378 4916 1314
All
Types
658
*258 lg. adapter for 6 head not illustrated
CAUTION: Never operate without covers and guards. Always LOCKOUT/TAGOUT electrical power when working on equipment for
inspection, cleaning, maintenance, or other purposes.
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-151
Standard Screw
Elevator
Type B
Type BO
Lift
Lift
Screw elevator shown is offset to right for illustration purpose only.

This elevator will normally be furnished offset to left, unless otherwise
specified. See page H-149 for typical elevator arrangements.
Type BO
Size of
Elevator
434
1312
14
41516
23
12
758
512
1138
112
512
1118
614
1312
14
41516
25
14
718
1138
112
12
14 4
15
13 2
14
4 16
29
18
4 8
8 4
14 16
15
Type B
Size of
Elevator
1312
14
41516
23
12
758
512
512
1118
1312
14
41516
25
14
718
12
1312
14
41516
29
18
478
834
H-152
1414
15
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Super Screw
Elevator
The Martin Superscrew Elevator is designed to handle capacities ranging from 360 CFH to 7000 CFH in 6 dia., 9 dia., 12 dia.,
and 16 dia. sizes.
Martin SuperScrew Elevator Speed / Capacity

Recommended Minimum and Maximum Speeds
Size
Vertical
Shaft
Diameter
Ratio
Top
Drive
Ratio
Bottom
Drive
112
2:1
2:1
2716
2:1
Vertical
Screw
2:1
2:1
2:1
12
2716
2.06:1
2.06:1
16
2.06:1
Input
Top
Drive
2.06:1
Input
Bottom
Drive
RPM
Horizontal
Feeder Screw
45 Percent
Loading
Capacity
Cubic Foot
per Hour
200
400
400
165
360
215
430
430
177
400
275
550
550
226
500
330
660
660
272
600
Up to
425
Up to
850
Up to
850
170
340
340
139
1100
200
400
400
163
1300
230
460
460
187
1500
240
480
480
196
1600
Up to
425
Up to
850
Up to
850
155
310
310
147
2800
165
330
330
156
3000
200
400
400
189
3600
210
420
420
199
3800
Up to
425
Up to
850
Up to
850
155
319
319
151
2800
165
340
340
161
3000
200
412
412
195
3600
210
433
433
205
3800
Up to
425
Up to
876
Up to
876
138
284
284
132
6000
150
309
309
144
6500
161
332
332
155
7000
Up to
425
Up to
876
Up to
876
Consult
Martin.
For speeds in excess or less than those shown, consult
Martin.
Type 7 Superscrew Elevator

Elevator Offset
to the Right of Inlet
Straight
Inlet
Elevator Offset
to the Left of Inlet
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-153
Super Screw
Elevator
SuperScrew Elevator D.S.D. (Dry Shaft Drive)
Housing & Screw

Length =
Lift + M
Bolts
DSD (Dry Shaft Drive) is a completely new design and

construction concept especially developed to enable the
SuperScrew Elevator to broaden the application of screw
elevators.
The DSD unit is designed to meet special conditions
encountered in vertical installations and may be installed
in the range of 70 to 90 incline. If a smaller angle of
incline is required, special units may be furnished.
A patented lubrication system precisely meters the
proper amount of lubricant to those points where needed
with no danger of damaging seals.
DSD units may be furnished at both the top and the bottom of the elevator. The top drive incorporates special
design features to assure that no lubricant may pass into
the elevator to contaminate the material being elevated.
In the bottom drive unit other special features prevent
entrance of foreign material into lubricant.
DSD units may also be furnished at the top only with a

pedestal base or at the bottom only with a thrust head.
The compactness of the DSD requires a minimum of
head room providing maximum lift with minimum overall
elevator height.
DSD units are sturdily constructed to withstand all radial
and thrust loads encountered and to support the entire
weight of elevators and materials handled.
D
Size
Ratio
E
Top
Bottom
M
No.
Size
2:1
112
158
434
16
618
12
712
1018
2:1
158
434
16
618
12
712
1314
12
2:1
2716
158
478
16
618
12
712
1614
2.06:1
2716
158
414
478
18.1
678
1258
714
1714
2.06:1
2 16
4 4
18.1
6 8
12 8
7 4
17 8
2.06:1
2316
414
18.1
678
1258
714
2014
12
16
Spider Type Stabilizer

Used on SuperScrew
SuperScrew
Pedestal Base
SuperScrew
Thrust Head
H-154
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
1214
1314
1814
1814
1814
2414
Super Screw
Elevator Dimensions
Type 1
Type 2
Dia.
Dia.
Lift
Lift
Normally Furnished Offset to the Left
Type 1
Size of
Elevator
6
9
12
16
Vert.
Shaft Dia.
112
2
2716
j 2716
3
3
Ratio
2:1
2:1
2:1
2.06:1
2.06:1
2.06:1
412
618
734
734
734
1058
1012
12
15
15
15
20
16
16
16
18.1
18.1
18.1
4
4
4
414
414
414
158
158
158
2316
2316
2316
634
634
634
71516
71516
71516
2634
2814
3214
3438
3438
3978
7
10
13
13
13
17
612
612
612
714
714
714
434
434
434
434
434
5
5
878
878
878
878
1118
838
778
878
9
9
912
1178
1278
1538
1512
1512
18
1314
1314
1314
1738
1738
1738
Ratio
158
158
158
2316
2316
2316
634
634
634
71516
71516
71516
Z
L
112
112
2
2
2
3
Type 2
Size of
Elevator
6
9
12
16
Vert.
Shaft Dia.
112
2:1
412
1012
434
16
4
2
2:1
618
12
614
16
4
2716
2:1
734
15
8
16
4
j 2716
2.06:1
734
15
8
18.1
414
3
2.06:1
734
15
8
18.1
414
20
1012
18.1
414
3
2.06:1
1058
L Horizontal coupling diameter may vary upon length of feeder.
j Consult Martin before using.
2334
2514
2914
3138
3138
3634
7
10
13
13
13
17
612
612
612
714
714
714
Z
L
434
434
434
434
434
5
5
878
878
878
878
1118
838
778
878
9
9
912
1178
1278
1538
1512
1512
18
1314
1314
1314
1738
1738
1738
112
112
2
2
2
3
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-155
Screw Conveyor
Data Sheet
CUSTOMER: ______________________________________________________________________ DATE PROPOSAL DUE: _________________________________
ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________
SCREW DESCR: ____ QTY. __________ DIA. __________ LONG (C INLET TO C DISCH.) (OVERALL)
M HORIZ.
M INCL. __________
M DECL. _____________
CAPACITY: ________________________ (CFH) (LBS/HR) (TPH) (MTPH) (BPH)

MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY ____________________________ LBS/FT 3
LUMPS: MAX SIZE _____ IN
TEMP _____F
MOISTURE _________________%
LUMP CLASS: (Lump % of Total; I - 10%, II - 25%, III - 95%)
INSTALLATION: M INDOORS M OUTDOORS M NEW M REPLACEMENT M MATL OF CONSTR.: M MILD STEEL M T304 M T316 M HD GALV M OTHER _____
IS IT? M FEEDER M CONVEYOR
IS FEED? M FLOOD LOAD M UNIFORM
FED BY: ___________________________ INLET SIZE: ___________________________________ DISCHARGES TO:______________________________________

DRIVE: (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (SHAFT MOUNT) (OTHER):_________________________________________________________________________________
NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
THROUGH: STYLE _________________ THK.______________________
COUPL. BOLTS: ________________________________________________________
DISCHARGE: TYPE ________________ QTY.______________________
HANGER: STYLE _______________________________________________________
GATES: TYPE _____________________ QTY.______________________
HANGER BRG.: TYPE ____________________________________________________
THROUGH END TYPE: TAIL ____________________________________
COVER: STYLE ______________________________ THK.______________________
THROUGH END TYPE: HEAD ___________________________________
COVER FASTENERS: TYPE ______________________________________________
BEARING TYPE: TAIL ______________ HEAD______________________
INLETS: STYLE ______________________________ QTY.______________________
SEAL TYPE: TAIL _________________ HEAD______________________
GASKETS: TYPE __________________________________ THK. _________________
SCREW: DIA. ________ (RH) (LH) PITCH __________ THK. __________
DRIVE _______________________ HP AT ______________________________ RPM
___________________________________________________________
MOTOR: _________________________________ MOTOR MOUNT _______________
___________________________________________________________
REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
V-BELT/CHAIN: _________________________________________________________
NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SKETCH (SHOW FEEDER INLET SIZE AND LOCATION, DRIVE LOCATION, ETC.)
PAGE ___________ OF _____________ PREPARED BY_____________________________________________________________ DATE __________________
H-156
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Screw Conveyor
Data Sheet
CUSTOMER: ______________________________________________________________________ DATE PROPOSAL DUE: _________________________________
ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________
SCREW DESCR: ____ QTY. ___________ DIA. LONG (C INLET TO C DISCH.) (OVERALL)
M HORIZ.
M INCL. _____________
M DECL. _____________

MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY ____________________________ LBS/FT 3
TEMP _____F
MOISTURE _________________%
INSTALLATION: M INDOORS M OUTDOORS M NEW M REPLACEMENT M MATL OF CONSTR.: M MILD STEEL M T304 M T316 M HD GALV M OTHER _____
IS IT? M FEEDER M CONVEYOR
IS FEED? M FLOOD LOAD M UNIFORM
FED BY: ___________________________ INLET SIZE: ___________________________________ DISCHARGES TO:______________________________________

DRIVE: (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (SHAFT MOUNT) (OTHER):_________________________________________________________________________________
NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
THROUGH: STYLE _________________ THK.______________________
COUPL. BOLTS: ________________________________________________________
DISCHARGE: TYPE ________________ QTY.______________________
HANGER: STYLE _______________________________________________________
GATES: TYPE _____________________ QTY.______________________
HANGER BRG.: TYPE ____________________________________________________
THROUGH END TYPE: TAIL ____________________________________
COVER: STYLE ______________________________ THK.______________________
THROUGH END TYPE: HEAD ___________________________________
COVER FASTENERS: TYPE ______________________________________________
BEARING TYPE: TAIL ______________ HEAD______________________
INLETS: STYLE ______________________________ QTY.______________________
SEAL TYPE: TAIL _________________ HEAD______________________
GASKETS: TYPE __________________________________ THK. _________________
SCREW: DIA. ________ (RH) (LH) PITCH __________ THK. __________
DRIVE _______________________ HP AT ______________________________ RPM
___________________________________________________________
MOTOR: _________________________________ MOTOR MOUNT _______________
___________________________________________________________
REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
V-BELT/CHAIN: _________________________________________________________
NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
SKETCH (SHOW FEEDER INLET SIZE AND LOCATION, DRIVE LOCATION, ETC.)
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-157
Bucket Elevator
Data Sheet
CUSTOMER: ______________________________________________________________________ DATE QUOTE DUE:_____________________________________
ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________
BUCKET ELEVATOR: (HEIGHT) _____________________________ DESCR. _______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
MATERIAL:__________________________________ DENSITY _____________________________ LBS/FT3
TEMP _____F
MOISTURE _________________%
FED BY: _________________________________________________DISCHARGES TO: ______________________________________________________________

MATL OF CONSTR: M MILD STEEL M T304 M T316 M H.D. GALV. M OTHER
INSTALLATION: M NEW M REPLACEMENT M INDOORS M OUTDOORS
DRIVE: (SHAFT MOUNT) (FOOT MOUNTED GEAR REDUCER) (OTHER): _____________________________________________ M V-BELTS M CHAIN M GUARD
___________________MOTOR: M TEFC M X-PROOF M MAC M OTHER ___________________BACKSTOP: M SHAFT M INTEGRAL TO REDUCER M OTHER
________________________________________________________NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
TYPE: M CENTRIFUGAL M CONTINUOUS M GRAIN TYPE M OTHER___________________

M CHAIN M BELT SPECS. _________________________________________________
DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM REDUCER _________________________
Head
SPKTS/SHEAVES _______________ CHAIN/V-BELTS _________________________________
_______________ BACKSTOP ____________________________________________________
INLET: M STANDARD M SPECIAL ________________________________________________
Lift
DISCHARGE: M STANDARD M 45
Intermediate
SAFETY CAGE: M YES M NO
LADDER: LGTH _____________________________________
HEAD PLATFORM: M STANDARD SIZE M SPECIAL __________________________________

Boot
Cleanout Door
INT. PLATFORM M STANDARD SIZE M SPECIAL ____________________________________

THICKNESS: HEAD ____________ BOOT ____________ INT. ___________________________
TAKEUP: M HEAD M BOOT M SCREW M GRAVITY
SEALS: M STANDARD M SPECIAL _____________ VENTS: SIZE ___________ QTY _______
________________________________________________________PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________
H-158
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Bucket Elevator
Data Sheet
ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________
BUCKET ELEVATOR: (CTRS/LIFT) ___________________________ DESCR. _______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
TEMP _____F
MOISTURE _________________%

DRIVE: (SHAFT MOUNT) (FOOT MOUNTED GEAR REDUCER) (OTHER): _____________________________________________ M V-BELTS M CHAIN M GUARD
___________________MOTOR: M TEFC M X-PROOF M MAC M OTHER ___________________BACKSTOP: M SHAFT M INTEGRAL TO REDUCER M OTHER
________________________________________________________NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
TYPE: M CENTRIFUGAL M CONTINUOUS M GRAIN TYPE M OTHER___________________

M CHAIN M BELT SPECS. _________________________________________________
DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM REDUCER _________________________
Head
SPKTS/SHEAVES _______________ CHAIN/V-BELTS _________________________________
_______________ BACKSTOP ____________________________________________________
INLET: M STANDARD M SPECIAL ________________________________________________
Lift
DISCHARGE: M STANDARD M 45
Intermediate
SAFETY CAGE: M YES M NO
LADDER: LGTH _____________________________________
HEAD PLATFORM: M STANDARD SIZE M SPECIAL __________________________________

Boot
Cleanout Door
INT. PLATFORM M STANDARD SIZE M SPECIAL ____________________________________

THICKNESS: HEAD ____________ BOOT ____________ INT. ___________________________
TAKEUP: M HEAD M BOOT M SCREW M GRAVITY
SEALS: M STANDARD M SPECIAL _____________ VENTS: SIZE ___________ QTY _______
________________________________________________________PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-159
Vertical Screw
Data Sheet
ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________
VERTICAL SCREW: LIFT ___________________ DISCH. HEIGHT. __________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
INLET
CONFIGURATION
(Indicate One):
_________________________________________________________________________________
Elevator
Straight
Elevator
Offset to Left
Inlet
Offset to Right

TEMP _____F
MOISTURE _________________%

DRIVE: (DIRECT) (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (OTHER): _________________________________________________________ M V-BELTS M CHAIN M GUARD
MOTOR: M TEFC M X-PROOF M MAC M OTHER ___________________ NOTES __________________________________________________________________
NOTES: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
TROUGH: _____________________________________________________________________
SCREW: ______________________________________________________________________
SHAFT DIA: ____________________________________________________________________
HANGERS: ____________________________________________________________________
HRG. BRG.: ____________________________________________________________________
BOTTOM BRG.: _________________________________________________________________
Discharge Height
Lift
BOTTOM SEAL: ________________________________________________________________

GASKETS: _____________________________________________________________________
DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM
REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________________
PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________
NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
H-160
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
Vertical Screw
Data Sheet
ADDRESS:______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
CONTACT: _______________________________________________________________________ PHONE # _____________________________________________
VERTICAL SCREW: LIFT ___________________ DISCH. HEIGHT. __________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
INLET
CONFIGURATION
(Indicate One):
_________________________________________________________________________________
Elevator
Straight
Elevator
Offset to Left
Inlet
Offset to Right

TEMP _____F
MOISTURE _________________%

DRIVE: (DIRECT) (SCREW CONVEYOR DRIVE) (OTHER): _________________________________________________________ M V-BELTS M CHAIN M GUARD
MOTOR: M TEFC M X-PROOF M MAC M OTHER ___________________ NOTES __________________________________________________________________
NOTES_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
TROUGH: _____________________________________________________________________
SCREW: ______________________________________________________________________
SHAFT DIA: ____________________________________________________________________
HANGERS: ____________________________________________________________________
HRG. BRG.: ____________________________________________________________________
BOTTOM BRG.: _________________________________________________________________
Discharge Height
Lift
BOTTOM SEAL: ________________________________________________________________

GASKETS: _____________________________________________________________________
DRIVE: _____________ HP AT _____________ RPM
REDUCER: ____________________________________________________________________
PAINT: ________________________________________________________________________
NOTES: _______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
SEARCH
EXIT
PREVIOUS
NEXT
INDEX
H-161

Martin Screw Conveyor and Elevator

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Deskripsi Asli:

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Martin Screw Conveyor and Elevator

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.

INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................................................... H-2

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE SECTION V ................................................................................................. H-113

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

Stock Screw Conveyor

Angle Flanged U Trough

Inlets and Discharge Spouts

Form Flanged U Trough

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

Stock Screw Conveyor

Martin Hard Iron

Trough End Bearings

Screw Conveyor Drive

Saddles and Feet

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

Stainless Steel Rotor

Rotory Screen Separator

60 Inch Diameter Stainless Steel

Special Offset Stainless Steel Hanger

USDA Approved Stainless Steel

Test Facility. an Added Customer Service.

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

Dynamic/static balancing of screws takes place at one of Martins manufacturing facilities.

Inspecting total indicated runout of vertical screws.

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

SCREW CONVEYOR DESIGN PROCEDURE

1. Type of material to be conveyed.

Determine design capacity as described on pages H-15H-17.

Using known capacity required in cu.ft./hr., material classification, and %

From Table 1-2, determine Horsepower Factor Fm for the material to be

Refer to page H-38 for typical layout details.

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

Bulk Density, Loose

No. 200 Sieve (.0029) And Under

2 And Under (6 Sieve to 12)

16 And Under (0 to 16)

Stringy, Fibrous, Cylindrical,

6 Sieve (.132) And Under

Very Free Flowing

Builds Up and Hardens

Material Characteristics Included

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

HOW TO READ THE MATERIAL CODE

Material: Brewers Grain Spent Wet

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

Cottonseed, Cake, Lumpy

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

Maize (See Milo)

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

Table 1-2 (contd.)

Silicon Dioxide (See Quartz)

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

Table 1-2 (contd.)

FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE US AT WWW.MARTINSPROCKET.COM

Required capacity, cubic feet per hour